Home

- Liberated Manuals

1. b Sampling of fixed storage tanks used to refuel rolling stock will be performed every 2 years Refer to 3 1 for sampling requirements TABLE 3 1 FUEL SAMPLING AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS Type of Test Location of Type of When Type of Required Fuel Storage Sampled Sample MIL STD 3004 Defense fuel Bulk a Before All level A support point storage APS3 cycle or preposition tank prior to issue into site refueling vehicles b 24 months All level B 2 prepo site only Combat Petroleum a Before APS3 All level A equipment base tank vehicle Cycle afloat or bulk storage b 90 days prior All level B 2 repositioning compartment To end of APS 3 cycle site c 24 months All level B 2 for land based Combat Tactical a Before Bottom B 2 equipment vehicle or AWR 3 cycle sample base afloat or generator b 90 days prior Bottom B 2 prepositioning fuel tank To end of APS3 cycle sample site c 48 months Bottom B 2 for land based sample Combat Combat a Before Bottom sample B 2 equipment tracked APS3 cycle smoke generator base afloat or vehicle b 90 days prior inlet B 2 prepositioning To end of APS3 cycle site c 24 months for land based 3 12 Legend Type A Test Complete specification inspection tests Type B 2 Test Partial analysis to verify characteristics susceptible to deterioration because of age and determine adequate quality for equipment function Listed below are the speci
2. e Raw water ballast tanks These tanks shall be drained and blown dry In the case of large tanks such as ballast tanks they will be pumped cleaned and dried out Reinstall access covers with new gaskets and leave any installed vents open Depending on paint system condition the raw water ballast tanks may require the removal of corrosion and painting f Potable water tanks Portable water tanks shall be inspected prior to preparation of Specifications for Underwater Hull Protection work specified in paragraph a above For severely deteriorated tanks needing more than touch up painting an item shall be included in the Underwater Hull Protection Specifications to sandblast the tanks and apply an epoxy coating per TB 43 0144 Potable water tanks pressure tanks hot water heater tanks and so forth will be drained and blown dry with compressed air Potable water storage tanks will be drained oumped dried cleaned and painted as required Reinstall access covers access covers on LCU 2000 class vessels are normally left open and leave installed tank vents open Preservatives will not be applied or introduced into the portable water systems Chlorine for sanitization water and tanks or watercraft shall be placed aboard the respective craft in a cool dry place g Air tanks Air tanks will be bled down The valves for purging moisture from the tanks will be left open until activation No other preservation is required h Fuel oil tanks C
3. ENGLISH METRIC CONVERSION TM 38 470 Two tables describing English metric conversion applicable to this manual are provided For convenience in calculation metric equivalents are expressed in two decimal places nearest hundredth wherever practical TABLE 1 Standard English metric equivalents Volume 1 fluid ounce 29 57 milliliters 1 pint 0 47 liter Weight 1 ounce avoirdupois 1 pound avoirdupois Length 1 inch 2 54 centimeters 1 foot 39 37 inches 1 meter Volume Liquids Gallons Liters 1 3 79 5 18 95 50 189 50 55 208 45 Volume Solids Cubic feet Cubic meter 1 0 2 2 10 0 11 0 50 0 52 0 65 0 75 0 Pounds Kilograms 0 45 1 0 4 54 4 99 22 70 23 61 29 61 34 05 1 quart 1 gallon 28 35 grams 453 59 grams or 0 454 kilogram 30 48 centimeters or 0 305 meters G 1 TABLE 2 English metric Conversions 1 100 125 144 150 200 500 1000 1700 0 95 liter 3 79 liters Weight Ounces Grams 28 35 283 50 00 grams 1 kilogram Cubic feet Cubic meters Pounds Kilograms 45 4 56 75 66 37 68 10 90 80 227 0 454 0 771 8 TM 38 470 Inches Centimeters Inches Centimeters 0 0258 0 07 0 50 1 27 0 03 0 08 0 875 7 8 2 2 0 0625 0 16 0 90 2 29 0 95 3 32 0 24 1 0 2 56 0 10 0 25 1 5 3 81 0 125 1 8 0 32 2 0 5 08 0 188 3 16 0 48 2 6 6 35 0 375 3 8 0 95 3 0 7 62 Inches Centimeters Inches Centimeters 4 0 10 16 60 127 0 5 0 12
4. Standard Practice for Fabrication of Fiberboard Shipping Boxes ASTM D5168 Practice for Fabrication and Closure of Triple Wall Corrugated Fiberboard Containers ASTM D5486 Tape Pressure Sensitive Packaging for Box Closure and Sealing ASTM D5749 Specification for Reinforced and Plain Paper Gummed Tape for Sealing and Securing ASTM D6039 D6039 M Crates Wood Open and Covered ASTM F 1267 Standard Specification for Metal Expanded Steel CCC C 440 Cloth Cheesecloth Cotton Bleached and Unbleached DA Form 1804 Petroleum Sample Tag DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet DA Form 2407 Maintenance Request DA Form 2408 4 Weapon Record Data TM 38 470 DA Form 2408 20 Oil Analysis Log DA Form 3256 Preservation and Depreservation Guide for Marine Equipment DA Pam 205 1 Energy Conservation Guidelines for the Operation of Controlled Humidity Warehouses DA PAM 700 48 Handling Procedures for Equipment Contaminated with Depleted Uranium or Radioactive Commodities DA PAM 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures DA Pam 738 750 Functional Users Manual for the Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS DOD 4000 25 2M Military Standard Transaction Reporting and Accounting Procedures DOD 4140 27 M Shelf Life Item Management Manual DOD 5100 76M Physical Security of Sensitive Conventional Arms Ammunition and Explosi
5. c National Stock Numbers NSNs NSNs for virgin and recycled antifreeze are shown onjtables 5 1 and 5 2 5 9 TM 38 470 Table 5 1 Virgin New Antifreeze CID Type Glycol Type Container Size NSN EGAF 100 1 Gal 6850 01 441 3218 EGAF 100 5 Gal Co 6850 01 441 3221 EGAF 100 55GalDr 6850 01 441 3223 EGAF 100 1 Quart 6850 00 664 1399 IP EGAF 60 1 Gal 6850 01 441 3234 IP EGAF 60 5 Gal Co 6850 01 441 3240 IP EGAF 60 55GalDr 6850 01 441 3248 II PGAF 100 1 Gal 6850 01 383 4068 II PGAF 100 5 Gal Co 6850 01 441 3257 II PGAF 100 55 Gal Dr 6850 01 383 3918 II PGAF 100 Box 6 1gal Co 6850 01 383 4244 Table 5 2 Recycled Antifreeze CID Type Glycol Type Container Size NSN EGAF 100 1 Gal 6850 01 464 9125 EGAF 100 5 Gal 6850 01 464 9137 EGAF 100 55 Gal Dr 6850 01 464 9152 IP EGAF 60 1 Gal 6850 01 464 9266 IP EGAF 60 5 Gal Co 6850 01 464 9263 IP EGAF 60 55 Gal Dr 6850 01 464 9096 j PGAF 100 1 Gal 6850 01 464 9131 I PGAF 100 5 Gal Co 6850 01 464 9107 j PGAF 100 55 Gal Dr 6850 01 464 9124 50 50 EGAF 50 1 Gal 6850 01 471 6530 50 50 EGAF 50 5 Gal Co 6850 01 471 6534 50 50 EGAF 50 55 GalDr 6850 01 471 6521 d All the NSNs above that are for the 100 Propylene Glycol must be diluted to either a 60 40 or a 50 50 solution before being added into any vehicle cooling system Only the prediluted solutions can be added directly into the cooling system NOTE Recycle all antifreeze in accordance with TACOM
6. 10 Brush Wire Scratch 7920 00 291 5815 Quantity Materiel NSN 10 Absorbent Material 7930 00 269 1272 5 Bag Plastic 8105 01 183 9769 6 Glove Rubber 8415 00 823 7460 25 Gloves Leather MN Work 8415 00 268 7870 5 Apron Laboratory 8415 00 634 5023 6 Glove Insert Cotton 8415 01 138 2495 2 Soap Grit 8520 00 634 1594 25 Sodium 25 Kilos 1 Chainsaw Petrol 1 Cable Assembly Spec Jump Leads 2920 01 027 0125 1 Truck Band 3540 00 344 8642 1 Banding Equipment 3 4 set 3540 00 565 6243 40 Exposure Suit Survival 4220 01 251 6466 2 Hammer Sledge 6 Ib 5120 00 265 7462 2 Wrench Pipe 36 5120 00 270 4309 2 Wrench Pipe 14 5120 00 277 1486 1 Crimping Tool 5120 00 278 2423 4 Bar Wrecking 5120 00 293 0665 6 Jack Hydraulic Hand 10 Ton 1 Saw Circular Electric 5130 0 X96 0077 10 Tape Electrical 1 Charger Battery 6220 01 481 3827 2 Battery Storage 6140 00 190 9828 8 Acid Sulfuric 6810 00 249 9354 2 Can Water Military 7240 00 089 3827 6 Measure Liquid 14 QT 7240 00 233 6025 10 Absorbent 7930 00 269 1272 2 Release Oil WD 40 8030 00 938 1947 2 Hard Hat Orange 8415 00 935 3136 1 GA Grease 9150 01 197 7692 d For the purpose of uniformity economy and efficiency preservation and packaging materials have been limited and standardized in this manual Generally one preservative can be substituted for another of the same general type compound for compound oil for oil Some tapes can be substituted for others The tape specified herein for sea
7. AMC major subordinate commands USAMMA or appropriate commodity manager LOGSA PSCC ATTN AMXLS TP Tobyhanna PA 18466 5097 should be contacted for appropriate requirements SECTION IV PHYSICAL SECURITY 2 4 General a Planning and providing physical security against pilferage cannot be over emphasized Pilfering of mirrors windshield wiper blades electrical components and sensitive items can adversely affect deployment The need for security extends to items in repair parts stockage as well as property book items b Sensitive items because of their vulnerability to theft sabotage espionage damage and potential use by terrorist groups require constant protection and control Sensitive items are identified in the Army Master Data File AMDF Detailed physical security guidance for conventional arms ammunition explosives and communications security COMSEC are contained in DOD 5100 76 M AR 190 11 AR 190 13 AR 190 51 AR 380 4 and AR 380 5 Guidance for controlled medical substances and other medically sensitive items is contained in AR 190 51 Inventory requirements for sensitive items are contained in AR 740 26 AMC R 740 17 and AMCL 8A c Pilferable items are also identified in AMDF and are normally those items having an immediate resale value or potential for personal use d Requirements of the Unique Item Tracking UIT Program shall be enforced in accordance with AR 710 3 The UIT Program is comprised of four subprograms
8. Coat adjusting pin string and related hardware with MIL PRF 16173 grade 4 All disassembled items will be reassembled 5 16 TM 38 470 2 CH Storage Winch gear and other gear driven units will be filled to operating level with MIL PRF 2105 or MIL PRF 21260 grade as specified in lube order Unwind cable except coated winch cable and preserve with MIL PRF 10924 t Gear chain drive Coat unpainted exposed gears and non precision drive chains with MIL PRF 21260 PE 15 40 preservative oil to ensure penetration to inner surfaces of rollers pins and bushings Drain excess MIL PRF 21260 PE 15 40 preservative oil u Batteries cables and battery box Remove batteries from equipment Clean as specified i if paragraph 5 4 46146 Preserve battery cable clamps with grease GAA petrolatum Moe ilicone fluid conforming o M Type Group II NSN for an 8 ounce tube is 8040 01 009 1562 TM 9 6140 200 14 is the Operator s Unit Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual for Lead Acid Storage Batteries Follow TB 43 0134 for Battery Disposition and Disposal Use epoxy paint in accordance with MIL PRF 52750 to paint the battery box This is a high solids CARC type paint and if used on the complete interior surfaces of the box there is no need to use a preservative If only a few spots need additional protection and the interior of the box does not require repainting use either MIL PRF 16173 Grade 1 or MIL C 450 These prese
9. MIL PRF 372 Cleaning Compound Solvent for Bore of Small Arms and Automatic Aircraft Weapons MIL PRF 680 Degreasing Solvent MIL PRF 2104 Lubricating Oil Internal Combustion Engine Combat Tactical Service MIL PRF 2105 Lubricating Oil Gear Multipurpose Metric MIL PRF 3150 Lubricating Oil Preservative Medium MIL PRF 6081 Lubricating Oil Jet Engine MIL PRF 6799 Coatings Sprayable Strippable Protective Water Emulsion MIL PRF 10924 Grease Automotive and Artillery MIL PRF 16173 Corrosion Preventive Compound Solvent Cutback Cold Application MIL PRF 21260 Lubricating Oil Internal Combustion Engine Preservative and Break in MIL PRF 22750 Coating Epoxy High Solids A 5 TM 38 470 MIL PRF 23377 Primer Coating Epoxy High Solids MIL PRF 23699 Lubricating Oil Aircraft Turbine Engine Synthetic Base NATO Code Number 0 156 MIL PRF 44156 Kitchen Company Level Field Feeding KCLFF Components Thereof MIL PRF 46010 Lubricant Solid Film Heat Cured Corrosion Inhibiting MIL PRF 46167 Lubricating Oil Internal Combustion Engine Arctic MIL PRF 46176 Brake Fluid Silicone Automotive All Weather Operational and Preservative MIL PRF 63460 Lubricant Cleaner and Preservative for Weapons and Weapons Systems Metric MIL PRF 83282 Hydraulic Fluid Fire Resistant Synthetic Hydrocarbon Base Metric NATO Code Number H 537 MIL PRF 85582 Primer Coatings Epoxy Waterborne MIL STD 3004 Qual
10. Ozone Depleting Substance Offload Preparation Party Occupational Safety and Health Act Office of the Surgeon General Prescribed Load List Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services Petroleum Oils and Lubricants Packaging Storage and Containerization Center Quality Status Listing Relative Humidity Radio Relay Terminal Radar Set Radiation Safety Officer Supply Discrepancy Report Standard Depot System Service Item Control Center System Integration and Checkout Procedures Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan Special Packaging Instruction Tactical Auxiliary Crane Ship The Army Maintenance Management System Total Asset Visibility Tactical Ballistic Missile Table of Distribution and Allowances Technical Manual Test Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment Transmitter Waveguide Pressurization System Tactical Weapon Control Computer Unit Diagnostic Unit Assemblage Listing Ultrahigh Frequency Unique Item Tracking US Army Petroleum Center US Army Medical Materiel Agency Volatile Corrosion Inhibitor TM 38 470 TM 38 470 APPENDIX RADIATION SAFETY POINTS OF CONTACT l 1 General This appendix identifies the AMC Major Subordinate Command s Radiation Safety Officers and web sites as applicable for their respective commands U S Army Communications Electronics Command ATTN AMSEL SF Mr Richard Lovell Fort Monmouth New Jersey 07703 5024 richard lovell mail1 monmouth army mil DSN 992 972
11. Petroleum Test Facility US Army Petroleum Center New Cumberland PA 17070 5005 Phone DSN 977 6511 8177 717 770 6511 8177 email Ismith usapc emh1 army mil f Supply Class III P Shelf life Requirements 1 Shelf life Types Supply Class III P items are classified as either Type or Type II Product shelf life information for any item can be obtained from the FEDLOG under the columnar heading of SLC Type items are identified with an alpha character Once the shelf life has been reached the product is turned in for disposal Items identified with a numeric character under the SLC column are Type Il items Type II items have a limited shelf life as identified by the SLC number however they can be extended through testing 2 Shelf life limits Maximum limits for shelf life of Supply Class III P Type II items have been set to provide assurances that the products will perform as required minimize costs associated with rotating stock and reduce hazardous material disposal costs 3 Shelf life management requirements for Supply Class III P Type II items are as follows a Land Based Management 1 Product age is not to exceed 5 years from date of manufacture when initially stored Items received into storage should be in condition code A regardless of shelf life remaining 2 Product age shall not exceed 10 years from date of manufacture 3 Shelf life management shall be performed IAW AR 710 2 App C and DA PAM 710 2 1 Cha
12. The case containing the SEDME equipment system shall have desiccant placed within the case The desiccant shall conform to MIL D 3464 and shall be in the quantity required in accordance with the formula specified in MIL STD 2073 1 The components shall be placed in the transport case as provided for and the case lid closed and secured Components such as the tripod for which cases are not provided shall be placed in close fitting boxes conforming to ASTM D5118 W5c style optional The box containing the tripod shall have a fitted block of wood secured in the end of the box to prevent the tripod legs from puncturing the box Each box shall be closed and secured in accordance with method V of ASTM D1974 b The packing of the surveying set will be as follows The components comprising a complete SEDME equipment system including those in carrying cases shall be packed together in a close fitting box conforming to ASTM D6251 overseas type grade B style optional The contents shall be blocked or braced within the box in a manner to prevent movement or damage The box closure shall be in accordance with ASTM D1974 Strapping shall conform to ASTM D3958 class 1 type or IV finish B size as applicable 2 CH storage The surveying set requirement will be the same as for non CH storage except boxes shall be domestic type and strapping shall be finish A 5 29 TM 38 470 g Expandable shelter 1 Non CH storage a The preservation and pa
13. The records shall be maintained with equipment records while in storage f Each APS site must possess or have immediate access to the following 1 Personnel with the military occupational specialties MOSs or civilian equivalents able to perform authorized levels of maintenance and preservation on all equipment that is located at the APS site 2 TMs test measurement and diagnostic equipment TMDE weapon system unique special tools and test sets and shop tools required to perform the authorized level of maintenance and preservation 3 Adequate facilities must be made available to perform maintenance functions g SOP 4500 9 R AFSCG4 1 prescribes responsibilities and procedures for preparation installation and documentation of active data rich RFID tags on prepositioned cargo and equipment 3 2 TM 38 470 SECTION Il MAINTENANCE GUIDANCE 3 2 Calibration MWOs equipment disposition and equipment serviceability testing a Calibration 1 Each CEG CEB will establish and maintain a Calibration Support Coordinator in accordance with AR 750 43 and TB 750 25 2 All APS stored TMDE except items stored aboard APS 3 vessels will be calibrated in accordance with intervals specified in TB 43 180 TMDE stored aboard APS 3 vessels will be calibrated during maintenance cycles 3 All APS stored TMDE will be scheduled in the normal cyclic maintenance program and will conform to the following requirements a PMCS will be ac
14. and other like items with A A 1451 twine d Wind each cable or cord assembly not on reels into the smallest dimension tie the coil with A A 1451 twine If reels are provided wind the assemblies on the reels and secure the connectors with the locking device If locking devices are not provided secure with A A 1451 twine e Place nuts bolts screws and other hardware in cloth bags and attach to the equipment from which they were removed f Secure mast sections together with ASTM D5486 Type IV tape and secure within the shelter g Consolidate the ground rods secure with ASTM D5486 Type IV tape and secure within the shelter h Secure boxed items equipment and accessories such as ladders chains antennas and brackets that do not have an assigned location to the shelter floor i Close and secure all windows and blackout blinds shields louver vents blower vents and heating intake doors j Secure all fastenings shock mounts bolts nuts screws and straps of all major and auxiliary units mounted on the floor shelves or walls of the shelter Place and secure all covers over equipment k Store items within designated compartments of cabinets and drawers to the maximum capacity Place TM s in the receptacle provided for this purpose 5 22 TM 38 470 I After cabinets and drawers have been filled remaining items will be stored in boxes as follows Group like items together place into ASTM D5118 weather
15. as appropriate c Equipment on LMSR and container ships will be scheduled for maintenance every 30 months Deviations from this maintenance cycle must be granted by HQDA Watercraft forward stored in wet or dry storage will be scheduled every 36 months if mechanized and every 48 months if non mechanized 3 16 TM 38 470 d Tactical equipment stored in a CH environment at land based sites will be scheduled for maintenance every 48 months Tactical equipment that is not stored under CH conditions will be scheduled for maintenance every 24 months Combat equipment stored in a CH environment will be scheduled for limited maintenance PMCS every 30 months Combat equipment will not be stored in open storage without approval of AFSC and will require more frequent maintenance cycles as well as special covers and extensive preservation e At the end of each cycle all organizational and direct support maintenance exercising and PMCS will be accomplished with the following exceptions a For stored Combat Equipment if equipment meets all of the following criteria Equipment had all PMCS maintenance completed at time equipment was put into storage N Equipment meets all TM 10 20 standards complete lo Equipment is stored in a Controlled Humidity Environment with the RH maintained between 30 50 at all times IB Equipment has not been removed from CH storage during the cycle o AOAP sampling is accomplished every cycle on
16. or 270 degrees from its start point Large tug main propulsion shafts will be rotated at least 2 75 revolutions leaving the shaft 90 or 270 degrees from its start point Quarterly propeller shafts on dry stored LCM8 ST and SLWT will be rotated at least 2 75 revolutions leaving the shaft 90 or 270 degrees from its start point while lubricating the cutlass bearings Maintenance on watercraft is unlikely to be required within each scheduled 3 year cycle unless activated for exercise or contingency or storm unusual damage occurs Maintenance may be required to accomplish essential modifications where applicable In this instance a team from Combat Equipment Battalion Hythe or a Shipyard contractor may be used to accomplish the MWO application e For modular causeway system ISOPAK s the COSIS program will ensure the exterior of ISOPAKS are inspected monthly All signs of corrosion will be annotated and corrective action undertaken Corroded areas shall be cleaned free of corrosion and repainted with the applicable type and color of paint compatible with existing system Once within every three year period the two 20ft ends will be removed from the 40ft mid piece of all ISOPAKS in storage at KNB and YND and all operational parts tested repaired where applicable and represerved f At YND diver services will be obtained procured to clean the hulls of wet stored vessels each six months to prevent excessive marine growth accumulation g At KNB the vessels w
17. 1 2 Scope a This TM prescribes procedures for the storage maintenance inspection preservation and depreservation required to support the materiel and supplies designated for the APS stocks These requirements can be used in the planning for funding developing load plans contractor support manpower requirements equipment and supplies usage facility construction modification and for establishment of prepositioned materiel projects b This TM sets forth storage care criteria to be used in maintaining and reporting the operational readiness of prepositioned materiel The standards presented are the minimum acceptable for APS assets When required by Headquarters U S Army Materiel Command HQ AMC and the U S Army Field Support Command AFSC additional standards may be implemented 1 3 Technical assistance and deviations a Users are also encouraged to request technical assistance relative to the contents of this TM from Headquarters U S Army Field Support Command AFSC ATTN SOSFS CO Rock Island IL 61299 6500 Requests may be e mailed to SOSFS C osc army mil or transmitted via facsimile to DSN 793 7087 or 309 782 5087 b Deviations from the requirements contained in this manual must be approved prior to implementation Minor deviations as defined by Government Quality can be approved locally Copies of locally approved deviations shall be forwarded to the AFSC and appropriate Major Subordinate Command MSC APS office for th
18. 1804 USE REVERSE SIDE EMARKS PRODUCT JP 8 FROM INSTALLATION MV YANO SAMPLE NO LABORATORY NO Mid Cycle 96 001 y PRODUCT JP 8 SPECIFICATION NO AMT PRODUCT SAMPLE REPRESENTS MIL T 83133 75 GAL FROM INSTALLATION MV YANO MANUFACTURER SUPPLER NIA NAME AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF PERTINENT PERSON TO SAMPLE Tpuextio AANT OTHER CONTACT IF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NEEDED SOURCE M1 D10359 Lefi Rear SAMPLED BY NAME ARMEO SERVICES PROCUREMENT NO P JOHN SMITH For Fuel Samples Mr Smith STOCK NO DATE SAMPLEO YANO DSN 370 3662 8130 01 031 5816 15 APR 96 QUALIFICATION NO BATCH NO NWA For Fuel Samples FILL DATE SHIPMENT DELIVERY DATE FEB 95 NIA CONTRACT BULLETIN NO ITEM NO STORAGE SITE ROUTINE IDENTIFIER CODE NIA NA CE Rie HRS l aae ee EE ae E enee Een H BR cro THRE SAMPLE IB top E ua E onou E covroste B oero SMOKE GEN Figure 3 1 DA Form 1804 Petroleum Sample Tag b Providing guidance to contract personnel on corrective action for off specification product c Conducting Class III sampling in accordance with guidance contained herein d Submission of Class II samples for analysis to a USAPC designated testing site e Performing remedial action on equipment containing off specification product as directed by AFSC f Monitoring shelf life management of package petroleum products for all land based APS g Containerization and shipment of expired or off specif
19. 2 Comparison data with past performance for significant deviations 3 New and or recurring problems 4 Dollar value or other expenditure involved 5 Information regarding type of defects deficiencies 6 Corrective actions initiated taken 7 Root causes of defects discrepancies deficiencies 8 Significant contributors for favorable unfavorable performance shown e Adjustment of inspection effort will be accomplished as warranted by results of quality data analysis 4 4 TM 38 470 CHAPTER 5 PREPARING EQUIPMENT FOR STORAGE PHASE I SECTION I POLICY 5 1 General a Preparation of equipment involves those actions necessary to ensure equipment allocated to APS is properly prepared and ready prior to placement in storage These requirements may include disassembly and or removal of certain components for processing and segregated storage see chap 2 sec V and performance of preservation tasks This chapter contains instructions for these actions b The preservation instructions herein are for equipment which will be stored in a CH or non CH storage environment CH includes CH flexible covers containers with dehumidification equipment or other structures or conveyances which will provide CH environment For equipment vehicle systems not specifically identified herein or elsewhere in this document reference that item s applicable technical manual containing Administrative Storage requirements for information o
20. 5039 will still provide reliable results when testing either antifreeze solution Alternatively an Antifreeze Coolant and Battery Tester NSN 6630 01 105 1418 will also work 4 Visual inspection for coolant cleanliness including excessive rust foreign particles and or sediment 3 All antifreeze solutions must be premixed before adding into cooling system Never top off cooling systems for vehicles in war reserve storage with 100 antifreeze or with 100 water 100 antifreeze is highly corrosive 100 water will reduce freeze point protection degrade corrosion inhibitor protection and reduce nitrite concentration However 60 40 pre mixed antifreeze is available through DLA that does not require mixing with water a Antifreeze meeting MIL A 46153 is compatible with antifreeze meeting A A 52624 however it is not recommended because at some point the antifreeze will not pass either the alkalinity test or the nitrite test b Antifreeze must be changed and recycled when it fails the testing Commercial test strips are available and can be used for nitrite level testing Sources of commercial nitrite test strips include Penray 2 Way Glycol and Nitrite Test Strips for Heavy Duty Engines Part Number TS 100 Fleetguard 3 Way Test Strip Part Number CC2602 and Detroit Diesel Corp PowerTrac 3 Way coolant Test Part Number 23522774 Other brands may be used provided that the strip tests for nitrite level in engine coolant
21. AMC supplements SECTION IX SHELF LIFE MANAGEMENT 2 9 General a APS sites shall integrate shelf life management into their receipt storage and issue operations in accordance with DOD 4140 27 M Shelf Life Management Manual Chapters 2 4 less 4 17 6 7 and 8 b APS requirements for storage of shelf life items must be minimized by the Inventory Control Points ICPs Service Item Control Centers SICCs to the greatest extent possible to reduce the resources necessary for the management of shelf life items c The Standard Depot System SDS must be used at all the APS sites to monitor shelf life items and ensure they do not expire while in storage and or deteriorate to a lower condition code The APS sites to perform quality assurance inspections and monitor the items remaining shelf life must use the Cyclic Inspection Schedule Report Q30M12 generated on a monthly basis by SDS The ADSM 18 LOA KEQ ZZZ UM manual provides instructions on screen usage and the different output products available in SDS quality module d APS sites shall review their inventories to identify all the items with shelf life requirements and develop and implement procedures to replace these items and dispose of the materiel that is damaged deteriorated expired or has a non extendable shelf life The APS sites shall be responsible for ordering and replacing shelf life items prior to their expiration e Type Non extendable shelf life items must be
22. COPPER WEIGHTED BEAKER 6695 00 359 9944 CORD COTTON ROPE 4020 00 233 6556 BOTTOM VACUUM SAMPLER 6695 01 312 9091 M1 SMOKE GENERATOR PUMP OUTFIT SAMPLER HOSE ASSEMBLY 4720 01 086 6824 JUMPER CABLES CONNECTOR PLUG ELEC 5935 01 115 0215 WIRE ELECTRICAL 16 GAUGE CLIP ELECTRICAL RED 5999 00 014 0432 CLIP ELECTRICAL BLACK 5999 00 014 0431 BRADLEY BEFORE FUEL FILTER INLET TM 9 2350 284 24P 1 COUPLING HALF QUICK MALE 4730 01 115 3381 HOSE ASSEMBLY NON METALLIC 4720 01 122 4279 GENERAL EQUIPMENT DRUM THIEF 6695 00 512 1816 HYDROMETER 39 51 API 6630 00 245 8376 HYDROMETER CYLINDER 6640 00 244 4341 1 GALLON ROUND SAMPLE CAN W BX 8110 01 436 7340 PETROLEUM SAMPLE TAG DA FORM 1804 TM 38 470 APPENDIX E CALCULATING SAMPLE SIZE AND REQUIRED SAMPLE QUANTITY FOR TESTING E 1 Calculating sample size Regardless of the type of containerization the number of packages for any product batch lot is determined by counting the units of issue i e if the unit of issue is BT bottle a box or case of 12 cans is counted as 12 items Assuming there are 132 boxes of insect repellent Lot AAA with 12 bottles in each box The batch lot size would be 132 x 12 1584 E 2 Required sample quantity for testing a Package products vary in both size and type of container In order to test adequately any given product a minimum amount of sample is required Example Some insect repellents come in a box
23. DISREPs whenever suspected transportation type discrepancies are discovered e g concealed damage Technical support will consist of furnishing data not normally available to the TO such as inspection reports pricing data repair costs references to specification etc Section VII Data Evaluation 4 7 Review and Analysis of Quality Data a Quality data will be compiled and analyzed on a monthly basis unless apparent problems require more frequent analysis Analysis will be made of data collected from internal feedback such as quality control inspections results reports product and quality system audit process proofing and procedures review External data such as customer complaints will also be included in the monthly quality data review and analysis b When a problem area is identified the QA specialist will notify the responsible activity in writing If the data indicates a need the QA specialist representative will perform the appropriate review or audit included in this chapter to identify and isolate the problem c The analysis of data will be made to identify repetitive defects excessive variations in product quality rework costs etc Corrective actions and root cause analysis will be pursued and technical assistance will be offered to prevent and eliminate repetitive problems d QA managers will perform a formal regular and thorough analysis of quality information covering as a minimum 1 Favorable and unfavorable trends
24. DoD Small Arms Serialization Program Security Risk Category Non nuclear Missiles and Rockets Radiation Testing and Tracking System and the Controlled Cryptographic Items Serialization Program SECTION V SEGREGATED ITEMS 2 5 Overview a APS ASL and PLL may be segregated from the major end item and stored by unit identifier code UIC The materials will be identified using the appropriate codes b The site commander will determine the location of segregated materiel In no case will the reassembling of segregated materiel with its end item delay the deployment of the equipment c Dry cell and dry over pack battery stocks to support contingency issue will be stored on the same vessel or at the same APS storage site as the equipment 2 5 TM 38 470 d Heat is a major factor in battery maintenance frequency For every 18 deg F above 78 deg F the discharge rate approximately doubles 1 Valve regulated Lead Acid Batteries e g Absorbed Glass Mat AGM and activated flooded lead acid batteries will be maintained in accordance with AFSC Battery Maintenance Management Plan 2 When excessive quantities are on hand e g field exercises batteries should be redistributed to using units to avoid loss through deterioration e All industrial gases such as oxygen nitrogen and acetylene will be stored in accordance with AR 700 68 SECTION VI INVENTORY PLANNING AND CONTROL 2 6 General a The physical inventory control program
25. GL 9150 00 681 5999 b Commercial off the Shelf COTS products may be substituted only when approved through the waiver deviation process for specification preservatives SECTION VIII MINOR REWORK 5 8 General requirements a Prior to spot painting stage II and III corrosion will be removed by approved mechanical or chemical means Stage IV corrosion is not considered minor rework and applicable equipment technical manuals should be consulted b Chemical agent resistant coating CARC spot painting will be performed in accordance with guidance in MIL DTL 53072 CARC System Application Procedures and Quality Control Inspection TB 43 0242 CARC Spot Painting and TM 43 0139 Painting Instructions for Army Materiel and environmental regulations Communication Electronics equipment shall not be painted CARC unless specified in the individual equipment TM c When spot painting camouflaged equipment the color of the original pattern will be used d Determination to fully repaint equipment will be based on DALO AMZ message dated 060808Z March 2000 Subject New Policy for the Determination of When to Repaint a Vehicle with Chemical Agent Resistant Coating CARC NOTE Unless specifically stated the CH storage requirements in Section 5 9 through 5 15 below will be accomplished for all equipment in controlled temperature and relative humidity storage Equipment stored in other than controlled temperature and relative humidity condi
26. Publication Antifreeze Recycling Users guide 5 10 TM 38 470 d Oxygen acetylene cylinders and other compressed gas cylinders Oxygen and acetylene cylinders normally supplied empty as part of the BII OVE shall be filled to capacity and placed in a rack or crate constructed so as to support the bottles in an upright position For reasons for safety the oxygen and acetylene storage racks shall be separated as directed by ship s captain or site commander These cylinders shall be inspected seg Para 5 3h above replaced at every cyclic maintenance e Fuel tanks 1 non CH Storage a Non self propelled equipment Fuel tank preservation depends upon the type of fuel tank and type of engine used in the vehicle or powered equipment being processed Fuel tanks on non self propelled equipment e g generators APUs heaters will normally be drained of fuel to the maximum extent possible without disassembly After draining fuel tank will be preserved by one of the following methods as applicable 1 Steel fuel tanks Fill Fuel tanks to maximum capacity with MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 10 Completely drain the preservative oil from the tanks Filler neck screen and cap will be coated with the same preservative oil Replace fuel tank drain plugs and tighten properly 2 Other than steel tanks Certain types of fuel tanks aluminum fiberglass and tanks with a synthetic rubber liner require no preservation other than draining NOTE Any
27. Step 6 Place large open mesh nylon bag in breather drum Fill bag with 50 pounds of dry silica gel desiccant MIL D 3716 type 1 grade H NSN 6850 00 616 9146 Evenly distribute the desiccant over the trivet area providing good contact around the inside of the drum Close and tie the top of the bag with cord Step 7 Replace drum lid and secure it in place Ensure flexible ducting is securely attached to drum adapter plate and the module adapter plate 5 45 TM 38 470 Step 8 Fill 4 open mesh nylon bags with 25 pounds each bagged desiccant MIL D 3464 NSN 6850 00 264 6572 as a static load to initially dehumidify the air 100 pounds total Tie filled bags at both ends and suspend horizontally within the container If bags cannot be suspended within the container arrange them allowing the maximum flow of air around desiccant Do not in any circumstances pack desiccant in containers such that air flow is prohibited around the desiccant bag If the container does not have a static free breather installed use 200 pounds of bagged desiccant Step 9 Close and secure personnel door Step 10 Seal doors using procedure in paragraph f 5 step 11 for ISO shelters or paragraph f 6 step 9 for MILVANs Step 11 If the container is an ISO shelter and was expanded for any reason follow the procedures in paragraph f 5 to seal the container Door vent cover on the ISO shelter must remain closed during the draw down Step 12 The draw down phase requ
28. Supply class V that is prepositioned at land based sites will be stored in accordance with appropriate storage drawing procedures These procedures can be located in the U S AMC Drawing Index 19 48 75 5 SECTION XVIII PACKAGING AND COSIS EQUIPMENT AND SUBSTITUTE PACKAGING MATERIALS 5 18 General guidelines a In addition to the maintenance and MHE organic to APS maintenance sites certain other basic equipment is essential to efficient performance of the requirements of this manual A list of recommended packaging and COSIS equipment is provided atl Appendix B b At times during redeployments packaging materials specified in this manual may not be available contains a list of packaging materials that can be substituted when absolutely necessary 5 52 TM 38 470 CHAPTER 6 CARE OF EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES IN STORAGE PHASE Il SECTION I GENERAL 6 1 Policy a When required inspection calibration and maintenance have been performed and materiel placed in storage this section applies until equipment is issued The functions outlined herein are the minimum for control and effective results b There will be an established and identifiable in storage inspection and maintenance program for all APS materiel The program will provide for the necessary inspection test and surveillance actions set forth in the equipment s technical manuals and this manual c When equipment is properly preserved and placed in storage in the prescr
29. Tactical Vehicles and Trailers see also Table 6 1 pg 6 9 This TB also contains some repair procedures Report all repetitive corrosion problems to AFSC for TACOM equipment copy furnish TACOM WARREN AMSTA TR E MEPS Warren MI 48397 5000 3 The visual or scent evidence of fungus mildew or microbiological attack on materials A strong musty odor may be evidence of such attacks 4 Evidence of insect or rodent infestation in organic materials such as food fabric cellulosic paper and fiberboard and so forth 5 Effect of natural environmental elements such as ozone and ultraviolet light Deterioration induced by ozone is indicated by cracking of surfaces of rubber items such as tires pontoons and hoses Cracking will be most severe at points of stress such as bends The effect of ultraviolet light is found in the fading of paints and discoloration and crazing of plastic material 6 Soft or flat tires can be caused by either manufacturing defects leaking tubes or defective valves The major cause of premature tire failure is porosity e g air migration slow leaks and permeation which allows some air to escape Some tires will continually lose air pressure while others require that the tire get hot It is imperative to maintain proper air pressure in all tires 6 2 TM 38 470 7 Deterioration of supply class III materials used in preservation of equipment often can be seen The mixture of water in oil emulsification m
30. Unit FFAU is intended to refurbish fuel that is not otherwise usable and would normally be discarded As such the FFAU extends the effective shelf life of fuel reduces disposal costs and decreases the need to purchase new fuel b All APS fuel that is identified as Not Suitable for Use shall be processed through the FFAU or a filter separator Equipment will be resampled as directed by the Army Petroleum Center 4 Radioactive Material a General 1 Control of radioactive materiel is mandated by Federal regulation Immediately report any suspected lost or damaged items to your Radiation Safety Officer RSO If your Radiation Safety Officer cannot be reached contact the commodity command radiation safety office listed i 3 4 TM 38 470 WARNING All personnel that operate and or maintain fire control equipment that uses adhesives cleaning solvents and sealing compounds must be in a well ventilated area away from open flame Adhesives cleaning solvents and sealing compounds are harmful to skin and clothing and may give off harmful vapor 2 Refer to appropriate level technical manuals for proper handling of radioactive commodities Additionally the NRC license or Army Radiation Authorization covering the commodity may prescribe other handling requirements Consult those documents for updated information Copies of the NRC licenses and Army Radiation Authorizations may be obtained from the respective commodity command 3 TB
31. are free of dirt grime or foreign materials Cleaning shall be accomplished with a minimum of pressure and rubbing without the use of cloth or rubbing materials to prevent damage to lens coatings NOTE Clean talc free surgical finger cots shall be worn when handling optical elements 5 Electronic and other similar devices which might be damaged by cleaning solvents will be cleaned by dusting that is wiping with clean rag using soft brush or blowing with low pressure compressed dry air If additional cleaning is required the cleaning materials referenced in TB 43 0135 shall be utilized 6 Communications and electronics shelters and electronics vans or semi trailers will be cleaned with a vacuum cleaner 7 Items exposed to burned powder residues will be cleaned by using MIL PRF 680 Type III petroleum solvent R with a nonmetallic bristle brush saturated with a MIL PRF 372 bore cleaner rinsed in a clear petroleum solvent and then drained WARNING Some cleaning solvents have a 100 degree F flash point There should be no smoking in the area where solvents are used or stored Goggles or face shields should always be used to protect the workers eyes Do not handle cleaned items with bare hands Proper ventilation must be present when using cleaning solvents c Cleaning of fuel tankers Many different fuel tanker cleaning methods exist Commonly used methods are water displacement pressure washing steaming ventilation and ch
32. authorized Shipping documents require certification in accordance with 49 CFR and IAEA export to include a description of the tester and its sources and a 24 hour emergency response phone number Notification of the MC 1 Tester Item Manager is required within 24 hours upon shipping and receiving tester shipments and receiving organizations will be notified within the 24 hours of the shipment Emergency procedures Immediately contact the installation Radiation Safety Officer RSO or the TACOM Warren RSO See tester TM 5 6635 386 12 amp P for emergency procedures in handling damaged leaking or lost testers Also see the TM for procedures for personnel over exposure WARNING Damaged MC 1 testers may create a hazardous condition due to elevated radiation levels In the event that an MC 1 tester is damaged move away from the item and warn others to stay at least 25 50 meters away until emergency personnel secure the area 6 TB 43 0216 Safety and Hazard Warnings for Operation and Maintenance of TACOM Equipment covers vehicle radium dials gauges Abrams tank combustor liner and the MC 1 soil density tester Also for the tester TM 5 6635 386 128 amp P Unit Maintenance Manual for Tester Density and Moisture Soil and Asphalt Nuclear Method Campbell Pacific Model MC 1 NSN 6635 01 030 6896 should be consulted SECTION Ill FUEL SAMPLING 3 3 Sampling of Supply Class Il a Class III quality surveillance of APS includes the actions r
33. be cushioned anchored blocked and braced Skids shall be provided to facilitate machine handling 2 CH Storage The air conditioner requirement will be the same as for non CH storage except the container shall be of the domestic type of ASTM D6251 z Cargo container 1 Non CH storage Preservation and packing is not applicable for ISO cargo containers 2 CH Storage Preservation and packing is not applicable aa Refrigerators prefabricated panel type walk in 1 Non CH storage The door hinges and latches are the only parts of the refrigerator which require lubrication Use a low viscosity SAE oil on these parts once a month Empty refrigerator completely Disconnect the external power supply Disconnect the refrigerator panels The thermometer and light bulb and globe shall be detached from the panel and packed in a fiberboard box conforming to ASTM D5118 No packing required 2 CH storage Requirements are the same as for non CH storage ab Shelter electrical equipment Shelters with or without electrical equipment shall be stored in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 5 11 b ac Mats landing aluminum 1 Non CH storage a No preservation is required TYPE I Twenty four mats shall be stacked one on top of the other ona pallet Twenty five locking bars shall be assembled with the mats and taped in place The pack shall be secured by strapping TYPE II Thirty two mats shall be assembled with 33 loc
34. be stored aboard preserved watercraft a Paint thinners solvents and so forth Open or partially used containers of flammable materials shall be removed from the craft by the preserving activity Disposal shall be by approved methods b Pyrotechnics These shall be inventoried boxed packaged using an approved method identified as belonging to craft and removed from the craft for storage at the appropriate armory ASP 5 42 TM 38 470 c The two oxygen and two acetylene cylinders normally supplied empty as part of the BII shall be filled to capacity and placed in an upright position in the paint locker and bosun s store on the deck of the vessel For reasons of safety the oxygen and acetylene storage bottles will be separated with one type stored in the paint locker and the other in the bosun s store These cylinders shall be replaced every 3 years during cyclic maintenance 5 Machinery and miscellaneous equipment covers Normally machinery and miscellaneous equipment exposed to the elements are enclosed and protected with dehumidified air and or sealed with pressure sensitive tape glue strippable and bituminous coatings In lieu of performing the above machinery and miscellaneous equipment will be protected from the elements with covers manufactured from Herculite a The Herculite a commercial trade name for Nylon Chloroprene Color 36440 light gray covers shall be provided by the activity or organization b The Her
35. dangerous to personnel other equipment or missions b An item or equipment that does not work properly or last as long as it should due to bad design or materials c Items that are not within the size material hardness finish or performance limits of the approved equipment specifications d Low quality workmanship e Dangerous situations due to incorrect or missing data f Maintenance problems g Conditions that prevent personnel from using the equipment h Repeated problems that require an excessive amount of time to solve i Problems asked to be reported by the National Maintenance Point When such requests are made the SF 368 is used to identify the problem and its nature c SF 364 Supply Discrepancy Report SDR Shipping 1 SDRs must be prepared within 15 calendar days of receipt of materiel from DOD activities and General Services Administration GSA supply distribution facilities per AR 735 11 2 whenever a Identity or condition of materiel received is found to be other than shown on the shipping document b In checking reveals shortages or overages in excess of 100 per line item A No dollar limitation exists on sensitive or classified materiel c Supply documentation is missing or is found to be improperly completed d Materiel is misrouted or shipped to the wrong activity e Any of the other conditions stipulated by AR 735 11 2 are discovered 2 Activities receiving SDRs will investig
36. drain plug from second flow meter Keep spraying for another 5 10 minutes Take nozzle out and spray into the drain plug of meters coating the housing of the flow meters do both meters Replace drain plugs Spray Valve B and cap area and then close 5 15 TM 38 470 Step 7 Using a long pipe pump 5 gallons of oil into the dump valve area of tanker Open Valve A and Valve J to drain oil from the tank Once all oil is drained close Valve A and J b Procedure for the M978 HEMTT Fuel Tankers is as follows Remove the drain plug from the primary pump insert the wand and fog the pump Replace the drain in the pump Fog the interior of the tank then place the wand near the V1 valve in the bottom of the tank to get preservative into the pipes below the tank Close the manhole Open the filter separator and remove the filters and canisters and fog the interior of the filter separator Open receptacles A B C and D at the back of the tank and fog the internal piping then cap the receptacles If the tanker is equipped with a Vapor recovery system open the VR receptacle at the back of the tanker module and insert the wand to fog the pipes then recap the receptacle c Fuel tankers that have been contaminated with hot water steam solvent wash or chemical must be flushed with preservative oil MIL PRF 21260 Fill and flush following the same procedures for filling tankers with fuel in the appropriate TMs and operate all equipment to ensure all co
37. each area reviewed Section V Internal Quality Data 4 5 Data collection and use a Internal quality data feedback includes all reports prepared incident to inspection required by this TM b Maintenance quality data collection activities will extract data from DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Work sheet as prescribed in DA Pam 738 750 Data will be collected using automated systems and or official forms or locally developed forms Section VI External Quality Data 4 6 General a External quality data feedback includes all formal and informal reports forwarded or received by an organization which identify existing or potential quality problems 1 Feedback data received is mainly generated from receiving activities incident to quality problems relating to the mechanical physical condition of items inadequate preservation packing and or incomplete or missing documentation 2 Informal quality data feedback such as telephonic notifications will be included in the program evaluation process TM 38 470 b SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report PQDR 1 An SF 368 will be prepared and distributed as required by DA Pam 738 750 to report a Quality deficiencies in equipment b Deficiencies due to design manufacturing overhaul or maintenance c Suggested ideas or recommendations for improvements to equipment 2 Specific conditions requiring an SF 368 are a A condition in or with equipment that is
38. electronic gear such as radios telephones etc should be removed by qualified personnel and stored in a warehouse b Components separated from major end items by removal or disassembly will be tagged or marked with the identification of the component s and the identification and storage location of the major end item The end item will also be marked or tagged showing the storage location of the removed componeni s c Vehicles being staged for loading on APS 3 vessels in outdoor storage for longer than 45 days will have electronic gear removed and stored in a warehouse If materiel is to be stored outdoors for longer than 120 days waiting to be loaded on APS 3 vessels the site must contact the appropriate MSC APS office for special preservation exercising and maintenance requirements d Pneumatic tires 1 All pneumatic tires will be maintained at operating pressure Tires left flat for an extended time period will be replaced NOTE Tires will be inspected for serviceability during cyclic maintenance and during scheduled warehouse ship surveillance inspections Take special precautions during fueling to avoid spills and ensure tires exposed to fuel are immediately cleaned TM 9 2610 200 14 Standards for TM 9 2530 200 24 2 Tires will be replaced based on condition using the guidelines contained i Inspection and Classification of Tracks Track Components and Solid Rubber Tires Operator s Unit Direct Support and G
39. engine seal engine air inlet screen and adhesive M1 unique Inspect Engine Oil Filter Element Replace Personnel Heater Fuel Water Separator Filter if equipped Reverse track assemblies sprocket wheels and final drive hubs Inspect sprockets and road wheels for wear Inspect stowage shelves and projectile racks M992 unique 3 17 TM 38 470 b M939 M809 M35 M977 M984 M998 tactical vehicles and M1000 M871 M872 M1022 M105 M101 M967 M969 M1061 trailers will only have wheel service performed every third cycle or when any one of the following conditions exist Visual inspection of wheels indicates seepage around inner seal The correct gear hub hardware in accordance with SOUMs 00 014 00 017 has not been installed Evidence indicates contamination of gear hub oil Vehicle or trailer has been removed from controlled humidity storage and used in an exercise or contingency Vehicle or trailer has more than 500 miles since the last service If any of the mileage is at high speed or off road f Physical inventories will be conducted property records reconciled excess equipment turned in and issue of new equipment accomplished g Other equipment requiring maintenance effort but not belonging to a scheduled unit set will be integrated into the fiscal year FY maintenance program but referred to a non cyclic maintenance NCM h All medical items are maintained by medical logistics personnel and are re
40. equipment technical manuals as applicable 4 1 TM 38 470 c Product audits will be performed by the QA staff to verify decisions made by personnel performing the QC function Product audits will be performed on a regular basis and can serve as a basis for QA acceptance in lieu of one hundred percent inspection of each and every item Product audits and procedural reviews shall be conducted on an interval determined by the QA staff at each site Intervals will be adjusted as necessary to provide confidence that product quality meets established requirements Section IV Procedures Review and Evaluation 4 4 General a Procedures will be evaluated prior to and or during cyclic inspections and subsequent maintenance activities to ensure adequate coverage of the QA program b Written quality and operations procedures will be evaluated to determine if 1 All required instructions are available clear complete adequate and current 2 Procedures outline or make reference to specific instructions for initial in process and final or acceptance inspections as required by technical specifications 3 Procedures specify responsibilities of operating element 4 All applicable references are listed for each procedure 5 New procedures were staffed through the QA organization c Reports Procedure reviews and evaluations will be documented for the commander of the activity surveyed This report will give findings and recommendations for
41. exhaust deflectors fire control devices armament systems communications equipment and surfaces protected with rust proofing materials b Cleaning material other than mobile equipment 1 Cleaning will be accomplished by any method not determined detrimental to the item It will not be necessary to remove discoloration or etching that in some cases will be evident after rust and corrosion removal 2 Cleaning items or surfaces to be preserved with an oil or grease type preservative will be accomplished by use of MIL PRF 680 petroleum solvent NOTE A list of commercially available substitute cleaners degreasers is included at the end of this section 3 Clean leather goods with saddle soap and clean warm water Clean metal components such as rivetsand buckles with a wire brush Protect adjacent leather from scratching by using a sheet metal guard Allow leather to become thoroughly dry Apply a light coat of neat s foot oil 4 Optics will be cleaned using the following Materials and Equipment Specification Materials and Equipment Specification Alcohol ethyl ethanol Cloth absorbent Brush camel hair Paper lens tissue A A 50177 Cloth cotton cheesecloth CCC C 440 Syringe rubber Cloth cotton batiste A A 50185 Sticks orange tongue depressor or equal 5 4 TM 38 470 a Remove loose particles of dust from the optic surface with a camel hair brush b Wipe the optical surface in a circular motion using lens paper
42. exposures The recommended procedure is a Set the X ray tube current mA at the lowest or continuous fluoroscopic exposure generally the leakage technique factor and lowest kVp value selection b Make an initial series of timed exposures at 1 2 of the maximum advertised kVp rating of the system e g 65 kVp for a system rated at 130 kVp maximum Allow sufficient operation time at each kVp selection to equal about 1 of the maximum heat lead of the X ray tube mA x kVp HU Gradually raise the kVp in 5 kVp to 10 kVp increments until maximum rated kVp is reached As maximum or rated kVp is approached more time should be spent at each kVp selection with additional cool down time between exposures More exposure time should be spent between 90 percent and 100 percent rated voltage than is spent between 60 percent and 90 percent rated voltage This will gradually raise the HU values inputted into the X ray tube and may cause the tube housing to become warm to the touch c The longer the period that a tube has been idle the longer the seasoning period Tubes in storage for longer than 6 months will benefit from seasoning periods of 1 2 hour or longer d Should any instability in tube current mA appear during the seasoning process STOP and reduce the kV selection until the instability disappears If the lower kVp selection allows operation continue the seasoning and heat loading to about 50 of the maximum rating Allow for cool down af
43. free information come up first in search engines They did not create it They did not even scan it Why should they get your money Why are not letting you give those free manuals to your friends I am setting this document FREE This document was made by the US Government and is NOT protected by Copyright Feel free to share republish sell and so on I am not asking you for donations fees or handouts If you can please provide a link to liberatedmanuals com so that free manuals come up first in search engines lt A HREF http www liberatedmanuals com gt Free Military and Government Manuals lt A gt Sincerely Igor Chudov http igor chudov com
44. fuel tank containing gasoline must be drained and the tank flushed with preservative b Self propelled equipment As stated previously Para 2 and 2 2k equipment will be stored with fuel to facilitate rapid deployment when building codes allow JP 8 is the authorized fuel If only diesel fuel is available the diesel fuel stabilizer additive must be used pe paragraph 2 2 This additive contains both a biocide and a multifunctional antioxidant metal deactivator corrosion inhibit or detergent dispersant component The stabilizer additive is available as a single package or a two part package Both are acceptable The mixture ratio for these additives should be determined by reading the application instructions on the package because different manufacturers have different ratios Additive must be applied prior to loading agitated and engine run for a minimum of 15 minutes 2 CH Storage If building codes or local laws do not allow fuel to be left in fuel tanks cells of self propelled equipment fuel tanks cells shall be drained and processed as specified in 5 9 e 1 a 1 or 2 above f Gasoline engine processing non self propelled For fuel system processing a portable container with two compartments as shown in MIL STD 3003 will be positioned to provide gravity feed to the engine One compartment is filled with gasoline specified for engine operation the other with oil conforming to MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 The engine fuel supply l
45. is not available contact the AFSC for a copy of the EPDS All vehicles will be activated to the extent necessary to power up all systems and subsystems and perform necessary PMCS serviceability and visual inspections and tests and the required maintenance functions needed to repair the equipment at the appropriate maintenance level to established 10 20 standards Prior to return to storage vehicles will be represerved CAUTION If an engine is not in continuous use oil will run off cylinder walls piston rings main bearings connecting rod bearings crankshaft gears and other parts that normally get lubricated during operation When the engine is started before these surfaces get oil the metal to metal contact will cause wear To keep this wear at a minimum ensure oil pressure is shown on the pressure gauge prior to starting the engine This can be accomplished by using the starter to turn the engine with the throttle in the fuel OFF position or by covering the air intake with an air restrictor cover to prevent the engine from firing Operator manuals should be consulted to determine unique starting procedures for individual equipment NOTE Only licensed drivers shall operate combat and tactical vehicles Operators not licensed for specific vehicles can do more damage to equipment during exercising than would occur from not exercising For example driving an M1 tank with the parking brake on will destroy the transmission and not following
46. is stored back to back When this storage arrangement is used aisle space of at least 18 inches will be provided between the rows at the rear of the vehicles d Materiel placed in open storage should be provided with some type of protection from rain snow wind sand etc utilizing tarps plastic sheeting or any other barrier material If this protection is provided vehicles and equipment shall have the vents drain plugs etc open to permit maximum airflow through the equipment 2 4 TM 38 470 NOTE Spacing should be provided between the covering and equipment to prevent condensation A means should also be used to allow airflow through vehicles without allowing the elements to enter e All vehicles should be stored on a level surface whenever possible If a level surface is not available care must be taken to ensure that the engine is higher than the fuel tank to prevent fuel or preservation oil from leaking down into the engine and causing a hydrostatic lock of the engine f Vehicles and equipment stowed outside must have some type of spill containment material or device process inspection to prevent ground contamination and protect the environment g Equipment on APS 3 vessels will be lashed to the deck to prevent movement Containerized materiel will be stacked to the appropriate height and also lashed to the deck h Materiel selected for open deck on APS 3 vessels will have special preservation requirements determined by HQ
47. of 12 with each individual plastic bottle containing 2 oz The required sample quantity for testing the repellent is 8 oz One sample would be 4 each 2 oz bottles totaling the required sample amount of 8 oz b Calculate the required amount of product required to make up one complete sample IAW Tables E 1 and E 2 TABLE E 1 NUMBER OF SAMPLES FOR CLASS IlI P LOT BATCH NUMBER OF NUMBER OF PACKAGES IN SAMPLES LOT BATCH S 2 LEVEL 2 TO 8 2 9 TO 15 16 TO 25 26 TO 50 51 TO 90 91 TO 150 ol 4 O N for e Anannwnnnwnhh 10001 TO 35000 S2 level is extracted from ANZI 1 4 Number of samples is calculated from the Single Sampling Plan for Reduced Inspection using an AQL of 4 0 c Individual sample containers that make up the sample must come from the same batch lot Also when more than one container is required to make up one sample containers should be taken from the same location Containers drawn for different samples in the same lot batch should be randomly selected from a different location E 1 TM 38 470 TABLE E 2 REQUIRED SAMPLE QUANTITIES FOR TESTING TYPE OF SIZE OF CONTAINER SAMPLE Acid 1 qt Anti Freeze 1 gal Cleaner Lubricant 2 qt Cleaning Compound 2 qt Disinfectant Food 2 pouches Fuel Additive 2 qt Grease 2 1 2 lbs Hydraulic Fluids 3 qt Insecticide Aerosol 3 cn Insecticide Liquid 8 oz Insulating Oil 2 qt Lubricating Oil 3 qt Solvents 1 gal E 2 TM 38 470 APPENDI
48. of protecting materiel from the effects of direct exposure to extremes of climate terrain and operational and transportation environments 1 3 TM 38 470 2 Level B Protection required to meet moderate worldwide shipment handling and storage conditions A Level B pack must in tandem with the applied preservation be capable of protecting materiel not directly exposed to extremes of climate terrain and operational transportation environments t Shed Storage A single storage building with one or more sides unenclosed 1 5 Environmental requirements HQ AMC must comply with the requirements of AR 200 1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement when implementing this TM When implementing outside the United States host nation environmental quality laws and regulations in accordance with DoD Instruction 4715 5 must also be incorporated 1 6 Radioactive Material Commodities and other items containing radioactive material are included in APS Both Federal and Army regulations control these materials In CONUS U S Nuclear Regulatory Commission NRC licenses issued to AMC as well as Army Radiation Authorizations govern the receipt storage and issue of radioactive commodities AR 11 9 provides DA policy on radioactive material control Outside the U S Status of Forces Agreements will also apply Refer td paragraph 3 2H 4 and Appendix I for more information TM 38 470 CHAPTER 2 STORAGE OPERATIONS SECTION I POLICY 2 1 Gene
49. or cheesecloth saturated with alcohol CAUTION Only lens tissue or batiste cloth is to be used for plastic optic lens components Surface will be dried by wiping with clean cotton or lens paper c Fabricate a swab by wrapping one piece of lens tissue around the end of an orange stick and add two drops of alcohol The swabbing operation will begin at the center of the polished surface with a light downward pressure and circular motion Gradually increase the radius being cleaned until the entire surface has been swabbed Repeat until all traces of dirt lint or smears have disappeared d A rubber syringe may be used as a bellows to remove residual dust or lint from cleaned surfaces e Immediately after cleaning cover optics with A A 50177 lens paper and secure with tape or NAS833 or NAS836 plastic caps where applicable CAUTION Failure to remove surface dust from optical elements before cleaning with solvent will cause scratches on the surfaces All fingerprints and smudges shall be removed upon discovery to prevent optical etching by body acids f If surface contamination cannot be removed by using ethyl alcohol cleaning shall be accomplished by using a solution consisting of 2 ounces detergent and one gallon of distilled water Using a swab made of lens tissue conforming to A A 50177 wash the optical glass surfaces with the cleaning agent described above Washing shall be repeated using a clean swab each time until the surfaces
50. prior to the functions check to allow operation of the rear brakes Once the functions check is completed the air tank reservoirs must be drained on both air and air over hydraulic brake systems to prevent damage to the system Combat vehicle and tactical vehicle TMs must be reviewed for operational PMCS checks of the braking system prior to exercising 6 6 TM 38 470 e APUs generators or other subsystems that contain lead acid batteries For subsystems that are preserved for long term storage and contain dry charged batteries no charging or any battery maintenance servicing is required sed Chapter 7 special handoff requirements Subsystems that are operational and contain wet charged ae must be started every 180 days and operational checks performed batteries charged serviced pe etc f M139 Volcano Mine Dispenser Launcher rack circuits need to be conditioned annually The hardware should be assembled installed and tested per Section 2 of TM 9 1095 208 10 1 If any error code 8s Rack Electronics occur the entire system should be checked per section 3 of the manual If the error code 8s is isolated to the launcher racks the launcher rack capacitors shall be replaced per the TM If replacing the capacitor does not eliminate the error code then replace the circuit cards g 120MM MORTAR Every six months the following shall be accomplished for the 120MM mortar 1 Unlock and open the clamping support assembly travel clamp
51. reached During each scheduled maintenance cycle add one can eight 8 fluid ounces of Bryaco 599 if the vehicle has over 5 hours of operational time since last cycle If the vehicle has operated less than 5 hours the adding of the can of Bryaco 599 is not required 3 Fuel JP 8 will be in the tanks in quantities of at least 1 4 full to a maximum of 1 2 full Drain unpreserved fuel other than JP 5 and JP 8 from all tanks put new preserved fuel in front tanks operate personnel heater for 15 minutes pump fuel to the rear operate engine for at least 5 minutes Turn the smoke generator On and run the engine through a False Start cycle for approximately 5 seconds to induce the preserved fuel into the smoke generator pump 5 18 TM 38 470 4 Attach a radioactive substance WARNING tag to the gunner s thermal sight The antireflective coating on the outside right window of the sight head is slightly radioactive Fragments of this material constitute a health hazard if swallowed inhaled or allowed to enter the bloodstream through an open wound If a broken window is encountered notify responsible personnel for disposal of broken parts NOTE Cushion wrap gunners thermal site CAUTION Ensure exhaust port is venting 5 6 Remove radio antenna and secure in vehicle 5 6 Relieve hydraulic pressure in the turret 7 Open driver s drain valves and secure in open position with safety wire 8 8 Install screens at drain
52. reinstalled NOTE MIL C 10382 must be applied at or near room temperature Application below 65 degrees F may cause clotting or clogging of piping and fixtures Do not substitute any type of preservative for MIL C 10382 on any food handling or potable water dispensing systems 2 Fiberglass tanks will be cleaned with nontoxic detergent and warm water followed by a clean water rinse Remove drain plug and drain interior of tank Interior piping other than stainless steel or plastic will be coated with MIL C 10382 preservative Drain plug will be reinstalled On water pumping systems drain plug on bottom of water pump will be removed and pump completely drained Drain plug will be reinstalled The 1 4 inch plug will be removed trom the tee on top of pump and the pump filled with MIL C 10382 preservative NOTE A warning tag bearing the following information will be attached to the water tanker preserved with MIL C 10382 Before placing into service flush system with hot water minimum 160 degrees and drain to maximum extent b CH Storage Same as for non CH storage except tank openings and doors will be open to maximize air circulation 2 Dolly Sets a Non CH Storage The Equipment Preservation Data Sheet EPDS Preparation for Shipment and Storage shall be used as the implementing document for MIL STD 3003 when preparing Dolly Sets for storage EPDSs are available from CDR TACOM ATTN AMSTA TR E MEPS Warren MI 48397 5000 Do
53. the caulking compound may require warming prior to use Step 10 Complete draw down procedures in accordance with paragraph f 4 steps 12 and 13 Step 11 Fabricate a 14 by 11 inch rain cover for the external breather tube This cover may be fabricated from a variety of materials A thin sheet of steel or aluminum is preferred but weather resistant fiberboard or 1 4 inch exterior grade plywood may be used Secure cover in place at an angle over the breather tube utilizing ASTM D5486 type IV tape 5 47 TM 38 470 7 The following is a list of items required for recharging each static free breather system Quantity Materiel Part Number 1 each 4 spot color change 3456P fits SAE AS26860 type humidity indicator humidity indicator disc assembly 2each Multi purpose silicone Dow Corning 732 sealant MIL A 46106 100 Bagged desiccant MIL 6850 00 264 6572 pounds D 3464 50 Silica desiccant MIL D 6850 00 616 91 46 pounds 3716 type 1 grade H 1 each Bag nylon 58 x 36 Fabricated item 4 each Bag nylon 22 x 60 Fabricated item with ties Additional silicone sealant needed for ISO shelters along with nylon rope NSN 4020 00 263 3483 Miscellaneous hand tools are required Contact the USAMMA for specifications and fabrication information on acquiring static free breather systems SECTION XV AVIATION SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 5 15 Detailed preservation requirements a Aircraf
54. the elements 21 Piping systems a Raw water piping systems All raw water systems bilge and ballast fire fighting sanitary and engine cooling shall be drained flushed with clean fresh water and blown dry Lines or fittings broken or removed to effect draining and or flushing shall be reinstalled leaving the system ready for service This shall be accomplished in conjunction with the preservation of raw water pumps as described in this paragraph b Fresh water piping systems All fresh water systems including potable heating and hot water shall be drained and blown dry with dry compressed air Lines and or fittings removed to effect drainage shall be reinstalled leaving the system ready for service This shall be accomplished in conjunction with potable water pumps as described in this paragraph 22 Davits Davits rigged or unrigged and stowed on deck shall have the bearing surfaces and matching davit socket bearing surfaces coated with MIL PRF 16173 grade 2 preservative 23 Deck fitting Flush deck fittings shall have the threads coated with MIL PRF 16173 grade 2 preservative and reinstalled 24 Anchors Any bare ferrous metal surfaces and unpainted fittings anchors rigged or stowed on deck shall be coated with MIL PRF 16173 grade 1 preservative 25 Wire rope rigging and fittings a Rigging standing rigging and related fittings will remain in place and will be cleaned and coated with rust resistant lubri
55. the specific shut down procedures will destroy the engine c Commercial equipment and non developmental items NDI equipment For equipment stored in a CH environment the requirements are the same as for tactical vehicles in CH storage For equipment in other than CH storage the same requirements apply as for tactical vehicles in this type of storage environment if preservation processing for storage requirements are available and equipment is processed Level A If no long term protection requirements are available follow the exercising requirements and cycles specified in the vehicle technical manuals If no requirements are available for processing equipment for long term storage contact Headquarters Field Support Command AFSC ATTN SIOEC CO Rock Island IL 61299 6500 3 In addition to the exercising requirements established in b I and b 2 above the following exercising will be performed for the systems and subsystems identified and in the frequencies and time periods established a Weapons systems Turrets and commander s cupolas will be rotated 360 degrees in each direction a minimum of three rotations each direction Main guns will be operated through a maximum elevation depression cycle a minimum of three cycles Recoil mechanisms will be exercised in accordance with TB 9 1000 234 13 and the appropriate TMs DA Form 2408 4 shall be annotated after the completion of a recoil exercise All exercising will be accomplished in p
56. to 7 8 full level with MIL PRF 83282 hydraulic fluid Step 8 Tires Service tires to 28 PSIG Step 9 Cables and hoses Properly stow all cables and hoses Step 10 Fire extinguishers Inspect and service fire extinguishers as necessary Step 11 Access doors Close and latch all access doors SECTION XVI CONTAINERIZED MATERIEL Inter modal Transportable Containers 5 16 General instructions a All ASL PLL items including tools TMDE and other related items will be consolidated in inter modal transportable containers Items will be as a minimum packaged to the highest level as specified in the FEDLOG Packaging Segment Items already packed level B need not be repacked solely to bring it up to level A They will remain packaged in this manner or may be uploaded as directed by AMC USAMMA ARCENT MTMC and or AFSC For consolidation purposes heavier items 70 to 200 lbs may be packed in weather resistant triple wall ASTM D5168 fiberboard boxes or in wood boxes wire bound nailed or plywood All items over 200 pounds should be packed in wood boxes Limited quantities of ASL and PLL are classified as HAZMAT All HAZMAT will be segregated stowed and secured per Title 49 CFR 176 5 and the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code b Critical surfaces are those providing closeness of fit or surfaces involving motion while in contact with another surface or surfaces Items that have critical surfaces are considered critical items Ex
57. to be accomplished at unit level and for which required parts are available are completed b Required parts are requisitioned for faults that require them to complete the corrective actions c Corrective actions that are authorized to be accomplished at a maintenance level above the unit are on a valid direct support maintenance request 3 Equipment services are performed within the scheduled service interval 4 All current emergency and urgent modification work orders are applied Also actions required by one time safety of use messages and safety of flight messages are completed 5 All authorized basic issue items and components of end items are presented and serviceable or on valid requisition 6 All operational safety discrepancies are corrected see AR 385 55 Section 2 7 7 One time inspection and maintenance actions in safety of use messages have been accomplished 8 Current oil samples from engines transmissions etc have been submitted to the Army Oil Analysis Program AOAP as specified herein r Offload preparation party OPP A team specially trained and equipped who depreserve and activate prepositioned equipment prior to download handoff at a contingency exercise or cyclic maintenance location s Military levels of packing 1 Level A Protection required to meet the most severe worldwide shipment handling and storage conditions It must in tandem with the applied preservation be capable
58. to lube oil fills THIS CRANKCASE IS FILLED TO OPERATING LEVEL WITH PRESERVATIVE LUBRICATING OIL GOOD FOR OPERATION UNTIL THE FIRST REQUIRED OIL CHANGE DO NOT DRAIN CHECK OIL LEVEL IF LOW FILL TO OPERATING LEVEL WITH OPERATIONAL OE 15 40 FROM THE CLEAN OIL STORAGE TANK b Fuel systems Engines will be cranked thoroughly warmed up and shut down The fuel supply valve from the day tank will be secured The fuel supply line to the engine will be broken at the most accessible convenient location before the fuel supply pump A flexible line nose leading from a container of MIL PRF 21260 PE 10 preservative oil shall be attached to the fuel supply pump line The fuel return line shall be disconnected at the most accessible convenient location A transparent plastic line will be attached to the broken engine fuel return line and the unattached end shall be inserted into a recovery container to collect the returned fuel Crank the engine and run at 1 2 speed until undiluted preservative oil MIL PRF 21260 as observed through the transparent flex is flowing into the recovery container Shut the engine down and reconnect the fuel supply and return lines Ensure that all air is bleed from the fuel supply line 5 37 TM 38 470 NOTE On the Design 3006 Tug Flight Ill the main engine will require several 5 gallon cans of MIL PRF 21260 PE 10 to preserve the system EXERCISE CARE TO PREVENT THE FUEL SYSTEM BECOMING AIR BOUND DURING THE PROCESS The fuel oi
59. 1 1746 8415 00 634 5023 8415 00 266 8675 5120 00 870 6928 5240 00 269 7912 4910 00 357 5342 4910 00 543 7771 TM 38 470 These items are unique to specific end items therefore it will not be necessary to have these items on every LMSR c The following items should be part of the equipment stored at WES KNB and WEB YND to be used by the OPP for activation of the watercraft Quantity MNARAOO oO _ a N SowusgdBannwa a Materiel Steel Strap Seal Kit 3 Goggles Industrial Face Shield Industrial Grease Gun Hand Lev Oiler Hand 16 oz Oiler Hand 8 oz Stripper Wire Knife Pocket Screwdriver Flat Tip Saw Circular Electric Tool Kit Radio Tool Kit General Mechanics Tape Measuring Tank Rubber Sheet Solid Rubber Sheet Solid Padlock Tape Insulation Electrical Battery 12 Battery Filler Gravity Flashlight NSN 3540 00 565 6243 4240 00 052 3776 4240 00 542 2048 4930 00 253 2478 4930 00 262 8868 4930 00 266 9182 5110 00 063 3037 5110 00 162 2205 5120 00 278 1283 5180 00 356 4614 5180 00 629 9783 5210 00 526 0752 5330 00 179 0050 5330 00 179 0054 5340 00 158 3805 5970 00 543 1154 6135 00 835 7210 6140 00 635 3824 6230 00 264 8261 B 2 TM 38 470 Quantity Materiel NSN 1 First Aid Kit Gen P 6545 00 116 1410 6 Pail Utility 7240 00 160 0455 10 Funnel Steel 1 Gallon 7240 00 223 4482 6 Measure Liquid 4 QT 7240 00 233 6025 1 Tape Pressure Sensitive 7510 00 074 5124 2 Rag Wiping 7920 00 205 1711
60. 3 DSN Fax 992 6403 Commercial 732 532 http Awww monmouth army mil cecom safety index html U S Army Aviation Missile Command ATTN AMSAM SF A Mr Keith Rose Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 5130 keith rose redstone army mil DSN is 897 2114 FAX DSN 897 2111 Commercial 256 313 U S Army Tank automotive amp Armaments Command ATTN AMSTA CM PS Ms Karen McGuire Warren MI 48397 5000 McGuireK tacom army mil DSN 786 7635 FAX DSN 786 5277 Commercial 810 574 http Awww tacom army mil safety safety html U S Army Tank automotive amp Armaments Command ATTN AMSTA LC SF Mr Vernon Vondera Rock Island IL 61299 7630 AMSTA LC SF ria army mil DSN 793 1690 6499 FAX DSN 793 6758 Commercial 309 782 http tri army mil U S Army Operations Support Command ATTN AMSOS SF Mr Kelly Crooks 1 Rock Island Arsenal Rock Island IL 61299 6000 Crooksk osc army mil DSN 793 0338 DSN 793 2988 Commercial 309 782 http www osc army mil TM 38 470 APPENDIX J PATRIOT MISSILE SYSTEM INTEGRATION AND CHECKOUT SICO PROCEDURES The SICO process is divided into two separate stages COMSEC must be available for SICO Selected stage 2 activities marked with an are performed as part of the non cyclic maintenance exercising 1 Stage 1 Equipment preparation Power off technical inspections will be conducted and results recorded on DA Form 5988E The equipment will be emplaced and initialized per equ
61. 3 NSN 8305 00 226 1065 over the full length of the rubber seal along the top edge leaving approximately 1 2 inch slack This slack is required to allow for side panel stress when modules are being transported Secure the Herculite material with 3 inch tape NSN 7510 00 926 8939 3M number 481 Step 4 Seal openings at the four corners between the top and bottom ISO fittings utilizing 3 inch strip of Herculite material leaving 1 2 inch slack to allow for side panel stress secure Herculite material with tape referenced in Step 3 Step 5 Apply a base coat conforming to MIL PRF 6799 type 11 class 1 NSN 8030 00 721 9380 over the tape and the Herculite This base coat should be a minimum of 12 mils thick wet measure It can be applied with a brush or a paint roller Extend this coating a minimum of 1 inch beyond edge of tape After allowing the base coat to dry apply atop coat conforming to MIL PRF 6799 type 2 class 6 NSN 8030 00 060 4566 A brushable patching compound NSN 8030 00 060 4566 is available for touch up if necessary Step 6 Load ISO shelter with required medical materiel Step 7 Install the static free breather using the following procedures a Using a Number 2 Phillips screwdriver remove the retaining screws and ventilation filter from inside the personnel door With rubber gasket in place replace the filter with the adapter plate furnished with the static free breather The plate is to provide a mount for the outside vent a
62. 43 0116 Identification of Radioactive Items in the Army 1 Apr 98 identifies radioactive items in the Army supply system together with the major end items of equipment and components in which these radioactive items are utilized This TB is used as a guide in determining proper safety procedures for procurement use storage maintenance transfer and disposal of radioactive items 4 HQ DA released a Radiation Protection Officer CD ROM containing a library of information concerning the Army s Radiation Safety Program The information on the CD ROM may be obtained in the TACOM RI web site or the CECOM web site listed i 5 DA PAM 700 48 Handling Procedures for Equipment Contaminated with Depleted Uranium and other Low Level Radioactive Commodities contains guidance on dealing with radioactive commodity incidents 6 APS sites are required to be posted with Caution Radioactive Material signs Additionally Chemical Agent Defense Equipment storage areas are required to be posted with the following Copies of the NRC license all sites 10 CFR 19 11 a b andc 10 CFR parts 19 and 20 all sites Copy of NRC Form 3 notice to employees CONUS sites only A copy of the NRC Form 3 and other NRC publications may be obtained on the NRC web site at http www nrc gov Copy of Section 206 of the Energy Reorganization Act CONUS sites only Radiation emergency points of contact all sites NOTE Posting of Caution signs is e
63. 470 2 CH Storage The light set requirement will be the same as for non CH storage except each complete set shall be packed in a covered crate conforming to ASTM 6039 D6039 M e Refrigeration unit 1 Non CH storage a The preservation for the refrigeration unit shall be as follows All exposed uncoated unpainted ferrous metal surfaces shall be cleaned by any process that will not damage the item and thoroughly dried b All cleaned exposed unpainted non contacting ferrous metal surfaces surfaces that do not contact other surfaces in operation of the unit shall be coated with MIL PRF 16173 grade 1 preservative All cleaned exposed uncoated unpainted ferrous metal contacting surfaces surfaces that contact other surfaces in operation except shafts and pulleys of the unit shall be coated with MIL C 11796 class 3 preservative c The refrigeration charge shall be pumped down and all hand valves closed and capped Closed valves shall be tagged or otherwise clearly marked with instructions for restoring to service Warning tags shall be prominently affixed to the controls and shall caution against operating the unit without opening valves Oil and refrigerant shall not be removed from the system d The diesel engine shall be preserved in accordance with TACOM ATPD 2232 e Exposed uncoated ferrous metal surfaces of shafts and sheaves shall be coated with compound conforming to A A 52465 All mounted belts shall be re
64. 53 34 1 and TM 9 1425 453 34 2 2 MLRS launchers See TM 9 1425 646 10 3 M139 mine dispenser See 4 Night Vision Driver s Viewer AN VVS 2 The AN VVS 2 must be tested and calibrated in a dark location prior to handoff per the procedure listed in section 2 8 of TM 5855 299 12 amp P Operator s and Unit Maintenance Manual for the Test Set Electronics Systems TS 4348 UV The operator should be familiar with the general operating procedures of the TS 4348 UV contained in TM 11 5855 249 10 Operator s Manual Viewers Driver s Night Vision before performing calibration 5 Following activation and hand off of watercraft the services of a fully sanctioned U S Coast Guard company will be acquired to swing the compass of vessels prior to them leaving port 6 PATRIOT Missile System The PATRIOT Radar will have a complete receiver and transmitter alignment to include TVM Uplink and transmitter synchronizer adjustments See TM 9 1425 602 34 1 and Annex J of this manual d For contingency off loads and training exercises medical equipment will be subject to the following 1 Seasoning of X ray tubes Seasoning of X ray tubes prior to putting them in operation is mandatory if they have been in storage for periods greater than 180 days Seasoning is required because over time metallic ions previously held by a getter inside the tube may become conductive pathways during an initial exposure and arc destroying the X ray tube after a few
65. 6 Petrolatum Technical A 9 TM 38 470 APPENDIX B PACKAGING AND CARETAKER EQUIPMENT AND SUBSTITUTE PACKAGING MATERIALS B 1 Overview a Certain basic equipment above the equipment organic to an APS maintenance or redeployment site is essential to accomplish the requirements of this manual The following equipment should be made available 1 Mechatronics Tester 2 Cleaner steam pressure jet wheel mounted 125 psi maximum oil heated 3 Paint spray booth drive through dry type with exhaust stack and damper or portable spray systems to include compressors 4 Lubricating and servicing unit power operated truck mounted 15 cubic foot per minute ft min air compressor gas driven 5 Blasting machine used with dry abrasive 6 Fuel Filtration Additive Unit 7 Antifreeze recycler 8 High pressure water blaster 9 Dehumidification equipment for watercraft 10 Watercraft jacking system 11 Generators and welding sets b The following items should be part of the equipment list for use by the contractor shipboard COSIS team on LSMR vessels or warehouse Quantity 6 3 2 T D a a N a a Materiel Tool Kit General Mechanics Multimenter AN PSM 45 Tester Optical Battery and Antifreeze M1A1 Abrams Tank Gun Mount Exerciser Kit Purging Kit Fire Control Repair Kit Electrical Connector Tool Kit Breakout Box Assembly Wrench Hub Cap MIA Abrams Wrench Set Cro
66. 70 100 254 0 10 0 25 40 144 365 76 NOTE 10 millimeters equals 1 centimeter Feet Meters 1 0 305 3 28 1 0 25 7 62 50 15 24 150 45 73 Temperature conversion To change degrees Celsius C to degrees Fahrenheit F multiply temperature by 1 8 and add 32 degrees F To change degrees Fahrenheit F to degrees Celsius C subtract 32 from the temperature and divide by 1 8 Degrees Fahrenheit Degrees Celsius 0 18 32 0 35 2 46 8 100 38 212 100 G 2 APPENDIX H ACRONYMS TM 38 470 AWRDS CCSS CEU CFR CGA CH CHT CJCS COEI COMSEC COSIS COTS CRG CTA DA DDL DEPMEDS DES DODIC DSCR ECS ECS EPP EPU FAU AFSC FY GAA GSA HLPS IAW ICC ICP IFF Ammunition Information Notice Associated Items of Equipment Army Materiel Command Antenna Mast Group Army Master Data File Army Oil Analysis Program Army Prepositioned Stock Aviation Power Unit Army Regulation Army Reserve Component Database Army Central Command Authorized Stockage List American Society for Testing and Materials Armored Vehicle Launched Bridge Army War Reserve Automated Process Army War Reserve Deployment System Basic Issue Item Calibration Before Use Commodity Command Standard System Computer Electronic Unit Code of Federal Regulations Compressed Gas Association Controlled Humidity Collecting Holding and Transfer Chairman Joint Chiefs of Staff Component of End Items Communications Security Care of Supplies
67. 70s The radioactive dials gauges contain radioactive material Radium 226 Ra 226 The chemical form is Radium 226 Sulfate The physical form is Radium 226 luminous paint solid The radioactivity ranges from 0 7 microcuries uci to 15 uci The radium is on the dial gauge numbers or indicators inside of a glass covered instrument WS gree cneats AEE ELTRC and a radiacmeter you can identify the radioactive dials gauges Additionally gauges with a model number ending in 1 most likely contain radium The above should be used together to identify if vehicles contain radium dials gauges Some vehicles may not be listed in the TBs and have the radium dials gauges The dials gauges are not marked with any radiation marking or symbol Storage and Handling Storage of the vehicles containing the radioactive dials gauges doesn t require any special procedures However the dials gauges must be intact with the glass covering the face of the instrument intact Otherwise see the procedures in TB 43 0216 If the dials gauges are separated from the vehicles then follow TB 43 0216 Shipping Shipment of a vehicle with an intact radium dial gauge requires no special procedures However if the dials gauges are removed then procedures outlined N TB 43 0216 must be followed Radiation and contamination surveys in accordance with DOT regulations would be required for shipments of radium dials gauges removed from vehicles Shipping documents must identify the radiu
68. 8 item 1 from igniter plug figure 4 59 item 2 Secure igniter lead so that accidental contact of lead with engine or frame ground cannot occur Step 5 Battery WARNING Both lead acid and nickel cadmium batteries gases can explode Do not smoke use open flames or make sparks around batteries WARNING Electrolyte and corrosion products from both lead acid and nickel cadmium batteries will cause injury Wear safety goggles gloves and apron when handling or servicing batteries If electrolyte or corrosion products contact eyes skin or clothing flush immediately with large quantities of cold water In the case of eye contact see a physician immediately CAUTION To prevent damage to batteries keep nickel cadmium batteries away from lead acid batteries Do not handle or service them with the same tools Do not store nickel cadmium batteries in the same room with lead acid batteries a General The AGPU may be equipped with either a nickel cadmium or lead acid battery The batteries are very different in nature and servicing and storage characteristics b Lead acid batteries Remove battery from AGPU CAUTION Nickel cadmium battery cleaning solution boric acid will damage battery if allowed inside battery cells Use care to prevent solution from entering through cell caps and vent c Nickel cadmium batteries Remove battery from AGPU Clean service and store battery in accordance with TM 11 6140 203 14 1 Clean and neu
69. 80 6290 55 gallons Resistant Synthetic Hydrocarbon Base 5 gallons Aircraft Metric NATO 9150 01 149 7432 Code Number H 537 1 gallon 9150 00 149 7432 1 quart 9150 00 149 7431 MIL I 22110 Inhibitor Corrosion 6850 00 865 2916 2 ounces Volatile Crystalline powder Powder 6850 00 368 5233 1 pound crystalline MIL PRF 2105 Lubricating Oil Gear 9150 01 035 5392 1 quart Multipurpose 80w 90 Grade 9150 01 313 2191 1 gallon 9150 01 035 5393 5 gallons 9150 01 035 5394 55 gallons MIL PRF 6081 Lubricating Oil Jet Engine 9150 00 273 2388 1 quart 9150 00 273 8807 1 gallon 9150 00 231 6676 55 gallons C 3 SPECIFICATION TITLE NSN ITEM DESCRIPTION TM 38 470 MIL PRF 21260 Lubricating Oil Internal Combustion Engine Preservative and Break in 9150 00 111 3199 9150 00 111 0209 9150 01 293 2773 9150 01 359 8567 9150 01 293 7696 9150 01 293 2772 5 gallons 10w 5 gallons 30w 5 gallons 40w 1 gallon 15w 40 5 gallons 15w 40 55 gallons 15w 40 MIL PRF 23699 Lubricating Oil Aircraft Turbine Engine Synthetic Base NATO Code No 0 156 9150 01 439 0756 9150 00 985 7099 9150 00 681 5999 1 quart 1 quart 55 gallons MIL PRF 63460 Lubricant Cleaner and Preservative for Weapons and Weapon Systems Metric 9150 01 079 6124 9150 01 053 6688 9150 01 054 6453 9150 01 327 9631 4 ounces 1 gallon 1 pint 1 liter MIL PRF 3150 Lubricat
70. 9s a Cleaning and purging of fuel The preferred method for purging is to use a solvent wash and then a hot water rinse Immediately after the hot water rinse the tanker must be drained of all water and dried with hot air Prior to any tank maintenance a vapor reading of 0 0 is required with an explosimeter The American Petroleum Institute Publication 2013 FM 10 67 1 and TB 43 0212 all contain guidance on how to safely vapor free and clean mobile tanks used in the transportation of flammable liquids TACOM Ground Precautionary Message Control Number 94 02 Maintenance Advisory provides proper guidance for purging fuel tankers using a biodegradable purging solution NSN 7930 01 350 7034 or NSN 7930 01 350 7035 b Inspection and testing for storage In accordance with Department of Transportation Code of Federal Regulations Title 49 Paragraph 180 407 all cargo tanks constructed in accordance with a DOT specification must be inspected and tested prior to issue if in storage for longer than one year It is necessary to conduct these inspections and testing every maintenance cycle using registered and qualified people Use of the Pneumatic Leakage Test Kit NSN 2590 01 438 8806 will satisfy the leakage and pressure test requirements necessary to ensure a compliant tanker 2 Fire Extinguishers compressed gas cylinders 3 3 TM 38 470 a Fixed cylinders integral to a weapon system The DOT regulations identify how long these cylind
71. CTION FREQUENCY OF SUPPLY CLASS IX MATERIEL WITHOUT SPECIFIC SHELF LIFE ASSIGNED Type Inspection Storage Frequency Controlled humidity 60 months Containers 30 months Open deck 12 months This requirement shall be performed during cyclic maintenance and time of issue TM 38 470 m During maintenance cycles shelf life materiel shall be monitored to ensure materiel does not degrade to an unusable level The following should be used to identify appropriate condition code changes if the item is approaching or has passed its next test date Type Type Il gt 6 months C C A gt 6 months C C A 3 6 months C C B 3 3 months C C B 0 3 months C C C 0 3 months C C C past expiration C C H past expiration C C J n Chemical or radioactive equipment and materials shall be inspected in accordance with SB 740 94 Series 1 through 13 and SB 3 30 2 o Vehicles equipped with thermal imaging systems will power up the thermal unit and time the cool down If cool down is not attained in 15 minutes a cool down light will come on once cool down is completed a DA Form 2407 should be submitted to maintenance indicating thermal system failure p During maintenance cycles if equipment must be stored on terrain without adequate drainage some means will be provided to improve the surface If unable to improve the surface refer to TM 38 400 for applications to prevent the equipment from settling into the soil landing mats planks stone
72. M D5486 type IV tape Place desiccant inside scanner end bell A lo 4 Enclose each drawer section of radar set in a MIL PRF 131 class 1 or 3 bag and close by heat seal Exhaust all entrapped air from bag prior to final heat seal 5 Close all drains and vents of the mobile unit 5 24 TM 38 470 6 Attach a caution tag to the unit instructing personnel to remove desiccant bag prior to operation 7 Place and secure the tarpaulin over the unit 2 CH storage Prepare radar set for storage as outlined in paragraph b 2 above except that desiccant and bag will be omitted e Photographic and night vision equipment 1 This equipment will be stored only in a CH environment 2 Photographic equipment and night vision equipment installed in shelters vans or semi trailers will be prepared for storage as specified in paragraph d 2 above 3 Photographic or projector equipment not installed in shelters vans or semi trailers will be prepared for storage as follows a Tighten all screws knobs and clamps engage equipment locking devices b Coil and secure cord and cable attached to the item with tape c Place spares accessories or tools within the designated spaces provided on the item within the transit case d Wrap each lens not provided with lens caps with anti tarnish lens tissue and secure with tape Place the wrapped lens in a spare parts box or case when furnished e Place all equipment with accessories i
73. M D5486 type IV tape Secure keys per local procedures 2 CH storage a Prepare as above except do not install a desiccator s breather assembly and tape doors b Open shelter vents and drains just prior to placing in storage to permit air flow 5 33 TM 38 470 r Decontamination apparatus power driven M12A1 1 Non CH storage Tank Unit Spray a thin layer of preservative in accordance with MIL C 10382 into the interior or the tank The loading hopper and cover shall be installed in place The two hold down bolts provided shall be tightened to a torque of 10 foot pounds Suitable spacers or stops shall be provided between the hopper flange and tank and between the cover flange and hopper flange to limit compression of the gasket to 33 percent of its total thickness The foot valve assembly shall be installed in its holding clamp and secured in place with the thumbscrew provided In addition the valve shall be secured to the installed valve assembly by strapping or wiring to prevent separation from the holding bracket Threaded areas of the valves shall be coated with preservative oil conforming to MIL PRF 3150 MIL PRF 21260 or MIL PRF 10924 The openings shall be covered with either appropriate plastic caps or plugs or with Grade A MIL PRF 121 barrier material and secured with tape conforming to Type V of ASTM D5486 The threads of the thumbscrews shall be coated with preservative oil listed previously All hoses shall be drained
74. N 340333 to get updates and revisions to the TB 5 For further AOAP assistance contact AOAP directly Call DSN 645 0862 256 955 0862 or e mail aoap logsa redstone army mil or write to Commander USAMC LOGSA Army Oil Analysis Program Office ATTN AMXLS LA Bldg 3627 Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 6 To ensure compliance with AOAP requirements keep an adequate stock of sampling supplies on hand This chart gives basic information about supplies needed to sample aeronautical and non aeronautical equipment If your equipment has a sampling valve you do not need the oil sampling pump or tubing It s recommended that a 90 day supply of expendables be stocked Non Aero NSN Item Aero NSN 8125 01 082 9697 Sampling Bottle 8125 00 933 4414 Note 4930 01 119 4030 Pump Oil Sampling N A N A 3 8 in Plastic Tube 4710 00 933 4415 15 in long 4710 01 087 1629 30 in long 4720 00 964 1433 Nonmetallic tubing N A 1 4 in outside diameter 8105 00 290 0340 Shipping Sack 8105 00 290 0340 8105 00 837 7754 Plastic Bag 8105 00 837 7754 8105 00 837 7753 8125 01 193 3440 Mailer Kit N A Note 2 NOTES 1 The 3 ounce non aeronautical plastic sampling bottle will be used for submitting grease samples 2 The mailer kit NSN 8125 01 193 3440 is leak proof and contains 24 non aeronautical sampling bottles plastic shipping sacks and mailing cartons It is used when shipping samples through the U S Postal Services F 2 APPENDIX G
75. S containers 1 USAMMA on site personnel are responsible for ensuring that DEPMEDS containers to be stored are correctly prepared for loading Accountable Officers are responsible for the surveillance of DEPMEDS containers in APS storage 2 Ensure dunnage beneath ISOs and MILVANs support all four lower ISO fittings while off loaded 3 Medical logistics personnel are responsible for the maintenance of medical materiel stored in each ISO shelter MILVAN prior to placing in storage During maintenance cycles inspect all medical materiel for damage Recharge the dehumidification systems as required Humidity indicators should be inspected at intervals no longer than monthly 4 Procedure for recharging the Static Free Breather System Several procedures can be used on DEPMEDS modules however use only the following procedures when recharging the static free breather system If container does not have static free breather system installed use only those steps which apply Step 1 Seal external static free breather tube opening with ASTM D5486 type IV tape Step 2 Close vent cover on personnel door ISO shelter only Step 3 Remove old caulking material from around door and open Step 4 Open breather drum and remove nylon bag with saturated desiccant Step 5 Remove mesh bags containing draw down desiccant NOTE Replace desiccant in the static free breather system as quickly as possible preferably on a day with low relative humidity
76. TM 38 470 TECHNICAL MANUAL STORAGE AND MAINTENANCE OF ARMY PREPOSITIONED STOCK MATERIEL DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT Approved for public release distribution is unlimited HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY Supersedes TM 38 470 dated 15 May 2003 1 December 2004 TM 38 470 FORWARD The Army Prepositioned Stock APS Program is part of the overall Army Strategic Mobility Program whereby the materiel required to support a variety of military actions worldwide is prepositioned afloat and at strategic locations worldwide The objective of this program is to store and maintain materiel in a ready for use or issue condition Electronic copies of this manual are available at the following web site address https www logsa army mil etms welcom1 htm Users are encouraged to submit recommended changes or suggestions for improvement Comments should be submitted on DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms Comments and recommendations should be keyed to a specific page paragraph and line of text Reasons should be provided to ensure understanding and complete evaluation A point of contact should also be provided Comments should be forwarded to Commander U S Army Materiel Command Logistics Support Activity Packaging Storage and Containerization Division ATTN AMXLS TP 11 Hap Arnold Boulevard Tobyhanna PA 18466 5097 or call DSN 795 7105 or 570 895 7105 facsimile DSN 795 7175 or 570 795 7175 or email
77. TM 38 470 h A stock rotation plan is needed for those items that are going to be held in long term storage therefore the ICPs SICCs in collaboration with the APS sites must develop stock rotation plans for shelf life items held in long term storage First the plans shall be coordinated with the U S Army Field Support Command and U S Army Materiel Command then they will be submitted to HQ DA for final approval i Receiving storage and shipping personnel must be trained in shelf life management A DOD wide Shelf life training program is available for all the military services and information on the training can be obtained at the DOD Shelf life Program web site http Awww shelflife hq dla mil j Class III P shelf life management and testing requirements are specified in Chapter 3 Fuel Sampling f 3 3 g and 3 3 h k APS 3 Shelf life Management 1 Shelf life items shall not be uploaded aboard any vessel unless the items have shelf life remaining that is equal to or greater than the duration of time that the vessel is expected to be afloat i e beginning with the time of vessel embarkation and ending when the vessel returns to port for cyclic maintenance with the following four exceptions a Supply Class V materiel will undergo shelf life surveillance in accordance with SB 742 1 b Supply Class III P shelf life management shall be performed in accordance with paragraph 3 3 f 3 b of this manual c Chemical p
78. X F AOAP SAMPLING PROCEDURES AND SUPPLIES When taking AOAP samples from your ground equipment avoid contaminating the fluid sample by using clean sampling equipment and proper techniques Often the reason for an abnormal sample is due to improper sampling techniques which can cause contamination 1 To make sampling easy many components are equipped with a special sampling valve These valves are installed according to instructions in equipment TM To take a sample with a valve you may need to start the engine to pressurize the system Once the oil starts to flow flush a small amount of oil from the line to clear out contamination then fill the sample bottle from the valve Sampling oil from equipment that has no special sampling valve then the equipment needed is listed in the table below 2 To obtain an oil sample using the pump method follow these steps a If the equipment hasn t been operated for the past 180 days run the equipment to normal operating temperatures before sampling b Rest the tubing on the dipstick Put a mark on the tubing where the dipstick ends Measure about 10 inches beyond that mark before cutting the tubing c Loosen the T handle on the pump Insert the tubing about two inches into the pump head making sure the tubing goes about 1 4 inch into the bottle Tighten the handle just enough to grip the tubing firmly d Attach the bottle to the sampling pump Remove the filler cap or dipstick from the oil reser
79. a Taaie Min r ReWOrkK cece he cdiewics eceuilen ctddccedenated becdanias scacehnns saceeang sackedbpscecteneceeana eees TECHNICAL MANUAL Paragraph Page TM 38 470 CHAPTER 6 CARE OF EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES IN STORAGE PHASE II Section CHAPTER 7 ISSUE FROM STORAGE PHASE III Section CHAPTER 8 RECORDS AND REPORTING IX TANK AUTOMOTIVE fcc celeriac GA A ee nts ee ache ete X WOADONS siroter aaa aaa ot cdectee EA EAN aa ria aaa SE Aa AEE XI Communications Electronics Equipment ccecccceseeseneeeeneeeeeeteaeeeeeeteaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeee XIL Support Egui DMENT ssssrsrarassensan renane rietara aandraaien korades aduana einanti XII Watercraft HEPSATAC S cries crisaiecs ned die iis eee a eee XIV Medical Equipment ccccesceeeeeseeceeeseeceeeeseeceneneeeeensseneesnseeneeeseeeeenenenseesseesenessennenes XV Aviation Support Equipment cece eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeseeseeeeeeeseeeeseaeeenaeens XVI Containerized Materiel Inter modal Transportable Containers csceeseeeeeneees XVIL SUPPlY ClaSS Vinene irinin eaae ight basis desecenslacaveceusetansdepeehsdtash ead Eae aS eiaa XVIII Packaging and COSIS Equipment and Substitute Packaging Materials L General sorea e a E E Il Surveillance NSPE NOM iiien enanar nacii e i TiNa lll Exercising seiiet aaee aE tada pii panaia EaR ERA And IV Modification Work Orders MWO 0 c cesceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaeeeeeeseaeesenee
80. ading m Separate storage is authorized for materials that require special considerations for example hazardous materials physical security regulations n Wet storage moorings are normally used for larger watercraft _CU LT BD and dry storage cradles for smaller craft LCM ST Interiors of watercraft are subject to preservation and dehumidification Wet and dry stored watercraft require regular surveillance and COSIS to all exposed surfaces and items of deck mounted equipment Interiors of watercraft do not require regular surveillance or COSIS as this would broach the CH seal 2 2 TM 38 470 o Sulfuric acid electrolyte aboard the APS 3 ships to support sustainment and unit basic load requirements will be removed when the ships return to port for their maintenance cycle p Weather deck stowage for U S Army Tank automotive and Armaments Command equipment is not authorized without approval of the Commander TACOM and the Commander AFSC q Whenever practical items requiring calibration in accordance with TB 43 180 will be stored together SECTION Il CONTROLLED HUMIDITY CH STORAGE 2 2 Planning and Operation a Arrangement for servicing equipment in CH arrangements on APS 3 vessels is the responsibility of the Ship s Master At land based sites servicing CH equipment is the responsibility of the facility administrator CH storage when properly planned and designed requires minimum surveillance and maintenance Humidity control
81. age Prepare for storage using the requirements cited in the equipment TMs 2 CH Storage Towers uploaded on vehicles require no special storage processing except to apply spot painting as required Critical surfaces will be coated with MIL PRF 32033 preservative oil m Searchlight infrared AN VSS series This item is not authorized for non CH storage 5 26 TM 38 470 1 Searchlight assemblies uploaded on vehicles require no special storage processing except spot painting Critical surfaces will be coated with MIL PRF 32033 preservative oil 2 Equipment not installed or uploaded in vehicles will be visually inspected cleaned protected as required and returned to the proper receptacles within storage transit cases n Loudspeakers digital security equipment telephone sets radio sets and communications terminals This equipment is not authorized for non CH storage 1 Equipment uploaded on vehicles requires no special storage processing except to return and secure all equipment and components to the proper receptacles within their respective storage transit cases 2 Equipment not installed or uploaded in vehicles will be visually inspected cleaned protected as required and returned to the proper receptacles within storage transit cases 3 Equipment for which no transit case is available shall be wrapped with bubble or foam cushioning material and placed within ASTM D5118 weather resistant fiberboard boxes and taped s
82. ainerized in several different sizes Additionally each particular size of a specific product may be made up of several different lots batches Each lot batch must be sampled individually since the products are frequently made by different manufacturers and can be made under different production runs even by the same manufacturer Procedures for calculating the required number of samples per lot batch are contained in 4 Required product quantities for samples Minimum sample quantities are required to allow proper analysis of Supply Class III items Some products will require several containers from a single lot batch to make up one sample Refer to Appendix E for required product sample quantities h Sample analysis 1 Liquid fuel testing Samples submitted to a laboratory for testing will be expedited to ensure results are provided in a timely manner Testing of fuel samples for land based APS will be performed in accordance with requirements established in MIL STD 3004 The type of analysis conducted on APS 3 samples will be in accordance with requirements detailed in Table 3 1 Testing requirements for consuming end items using ground mobility fuels reflect potential mixtures of diesel and JP 8 and are tested using a synthesis of the two specifications Specification limits on fuel used in ground mobility equipment are for determining fuel suitability for its intended use Additionally all samples exhibiting the presence of trace water i e fa
83. aken from equipment during download when an AOAP laboratory is not available in theater b During handoff personnel will 1 Conduct checks during download to detect the two most common storage related oil problems moisture and fuel contamination 2 Pull AOAP samples in accordance with DA PAM 738 750 Chapter 5 b 2 at the gaining unit commander s request when AOAP flyaway package is employed prior to download before transfer of equipment 3 Continue to execute the program at both land and afloat sites in accordance with reference DA PAM 738 750 during normal maintenance cycles 5 Components enrolled in the AOAP The useful life of these lubricants fluids and hydraulic oils shall be as specified in the applicable equipment TMs a CH Storage Components will be evaluated at each maintenance cycle If no time limit is specified it shall be changed every 3 maintenance cycles b Non CH Storage Components will be evaluated every 12 months If no time limit is specified in the applicable TM the fluids shall be changed every maintenance cycle NOTE AOAP methodology primarily measures wear debris and in no way can measure the effectiveness of the preservative ingredients MIL PRF 21260 is internal combustion engine operational oil which is subject to AOAP to determine when it needs to be changed under operational conditions e The record procedures prescribed in DA Pam 738 750 will be used during all phases of maintenance
84. al identification and provide an efficient and economical method of packing the equipment for the IPDS These plans contain complete preservation packaging packing and marking requirements for the IPDS materials and equipment The descriptions and dimensions of the containers utilized the required blocking and bracing contents of each container gross weights of each container and the interior exterior identification markings of each container Contact Product Manager Petroleum and Water Systems at PAWSHELP tacom army mil Phone 810 574 4143 or FAX 810 574 3988 DSN prefix is 786 2 Potable Water System PWS The packaging plan developed for this system provides preservation packing and marking requirements for the individual PWS equipment systems The plan was developed to afford maximum protection and provides an efficient and economical method of achieving optimal life utility and performance of the PWS The plan encompasses the protection of items from the point of receipt to the point where the item is placed in use to placing the item back in storage for future service Contact Product Manager Petroleum and Water Systems at PAWSHELP tacom army mil Phone 810 574 4148 or FAX 810 574 3988 DSN prefix is 786 5 36 TM 38 470 3 Fuel System Supply Point FSSP The preservation packing packaging and marking plan describes the methods and procedures required for the shipment of the FSSP in standard ISO 1C containers and s
85. alves pumps etc Load JP 8 fuel in accordance with appropriate vehicle TM the amount of fuel is 150 gallons for the 960 Series tankers and 313 gallons for the M978s Drain system completely by opening all valves drain cocks lift incline front rear of vehicle etc Remove filters fuses etc prior to preservation Install unused filters fuses etc after preservation Close all drains valves and install all caps on piping to prevent contamination Close and secure hatches j When Bradley Fighting Vehicles are placed in outdoor storage cover the top of the vehicle with a tarpaulin to keep water from entering which could damage the electronics in the TOW 2 Subsystem k Modular Causeway Systems MCS Refer to the Preparation for Storage and Shipment TMs for the sub systems of the MCS Contact US Army TACOM War Reserve Office AMSTA LC CIPRW Warren MI 48397 6571 for specific manual needed SECTION IV CLEANING PROCEDURES 5 4 Cleaning Procedures a Cleaning mobile equipment Exterior and interior surfaces including hulls turrets cabs and bodies will be free of dirt grease and other contaminants Contamination removal will be accomplished by any method which will not damage equipment Wash off mud and dirt and remove stones and debris from suspension wheels tracks and so forth CAUTION Do not direct stream of water or steam under pressure against exterior mounted air cleaner the opening between the hull and turret grilles
86. amples of critical items are automotive intake and exhaust valves camshafts crankshafts and antifriction and friction bearings Examples of non critical items are axe heads pry bars track pads tow cables and so on c All containerized items will be properly blocked and braced within the container to prevent movement and damage while afloat 5 51 TM 38 470 d All ASL PLL BII and miscellaneous items which are part of APS Program inventories will be tagged labeled or stenciled with official identification of the item including nomenclature NSNs and line item numbers LIN when available and applicable Appropriate packing lists will be included A minimum of two lists will be placed on the outside of the container and three lists will be placed in the container e In general petroleum oils and lubricants POL will be unit packed and palletized prior to being shipped to the storage location or port for loading POL products not containerized when received will be properly consolidated in barges or inter model containers prior to being placed in storage f Meals Ready to Eat MRE will be palletized with 48 cases per pallet The palletization pattern is contained in MIL HDBK 774 Appendix H pattern 12 More specifically each pallet will contain 4 tiers of 12 cases When loaded in inter modal containers pallets will be stacked two high Unitization of these loads may be with strapping or wrap If a wrap is used the top shall
87. ampling device as indicated in the sampling procedures 3 Pump or pour fuel directly from the equipment into the hydrometer cylinder until it is approximately 75 percent 85 percent full Position the hydrometer cylinder on a flat surface once filled Remove any air bubbles on the top of the liquid surface by gently taping the palm of the hand on the top of the cylinder Air bubbles on the liquid surface may also be removed by dabbing them with a paper towel 4 Lower the hydrometer gently into the liquid until it reaches a point where it will float all by itself Using the stem impart a spin on the hydrometer Note Spinning the hydrometer will help to center it in the liquid and help prevent it from sticking to the side of the hydrometer cylinder D 1 TM 38 470 5 Position the eye slightly below the surface of the fuel and read the API where the fuel cuts across the scale divisions on the stem of the hydrometer Leaving the thermo hydrometer in the fuel read the temperature inside the body of the hydrometer 6 Using Table D 1 match the temperature observed on the hydrometer and determine the correction factor Add or subtract the correction factor from the observed API on the hydrometer to arrive at the corrected reading plus or minus 40 degrees API will initially be considered as JP8 or having an adequate JP8 DF mixture to warrant sampling and laboratory testing Equipment having a corrected API Gravity greater than 40 degrees API wi
88. and perform the following a Buffer Mechanism Exercise the buffer mechanism by pulling down back on both housing tubes at the same time and then releasing Repeat two additional times three times total b Traversing Mechanism Turn traversing handle and move traversing mechanism fully to the left and then fully to the right Return to an approximate middle position c Elevating Mechanism Turn elevating handle to fully elevate mortar Turn elevating handle to fully depress mortar d Cross Leveling Mechanism Turn cross leveling to fully extend Turn cross leveling handle to fully retract Turn cross leveling handle to return elevating mechanism to an approximate vertical position 2 Reposition cannon tube in clamping support assembly by adjusting elevating traversing and cross leveling mechanisms as necessary Lock clamping support assembly Reapply preservative lubricating oil MIL PRF 3150 to any unpainted surfaces if needed h M870A3 Semi Trailer For land based storage with the gooseneck restrained exercise the gooseneck once a year i The M56 and M58 smoke generators will be exercised per TM3 1040 282 10 PMCS item number 52 and TM3 1040 285 10 PMCS item number 53 respectively SECTION IV MODIFICATION WORK ORDERS MWO 6 4 Application a MWOs that have been negotiated for equipment in storage will be applied in the following manner 1 Emergency and urgent MWOs will be applied while in storage when pos
89. and returned to original containers or cases tool boxes when provided j Electronic test measurement and diagnostic equipment TMDE This equipment is not authorized for non CH storage 1 Each item of TMDE will be inspected cleaned returned to carrying transit case and secured Ensure that all spare parts or ancillary items are secured within their respective compartments within the case 2 For special requirements not provided in paragraph a above refer to equipment TM If desiccant is required fold in or wrap with paper to preclude direct contact with the instruments k Trailer mounted and hand held reeling machines These machines are not authorized for non CH storage 1 Trailer mounted reeling machine a Both the trailer chassis and the reeling machine will be prepared for storage using the applicable requirements of this chapter or equipment TM for specific guidance b Secure all loose components to preclude loss or damage c Wrap cushion and place the running spares and tools within a close fitting fiberboard box when furnished d Replace the equipment cover and secure in place 2 Hand held reeling machine Hand held reeling machines require no special packaging requirements Return each item to original package or place the item within a close fitting AS TM D5118 weather resistant fiberboard box closed per ASTM D1974 and secure with ASTM D5486 Type IV tape Antenna groups and masts 1 Non CH Stor
90. and selected unit level checks must be performed prior to the issue to the using units or in conjunction with the using units The rationale for fully performing these checks is that some storage limits the maintenance checks exercising requirements and other essential inspections that must be performed to determine equipment functionality b For afloat equipment the on board crew will depreserve and activate the equipment undertaking all crew level checks and selected unit level checks prior to the handover issue to the using units or in conjunction with the using units If an emergency situation occurs the on board lead man may request that a supplemental OPP join them c Land based equipment hand off will normally be accomplished by the personnel assigned to that site Additional or special assistance could be provided by AMC materiel fielding teams d During hand off the application of MWOs servicing equipment reassembly BII inventory testing calibration and major repairs including dry docking and special systems checks not accomplished while in storage must be considered e For APS watercraft forward stored at WES KNB and WEB YND an OPP team will be assembled at CEB H and flown to the site to activate and hand off the vessels and ancillary equipment within a ten day period in accordance with established activation procedures for each vessel published in each sites appropriate battlebook SECTION Ill PLANNING 7 3 Prior to hand of
91. apons systems are not subject to evacuation or recharge The hydrostatic test interval is therefore equivalent to t he service life of the extinguisher These extinguishers shall be replaced at the intervals prescribed in the applicable technical manuals All Halon 1301 handheld fire extinguishers removed from weapons systems due to visible damage or expiration of service life shall be turned in to the Army Ozone Depleting Substance ODS Reserve at the DSCR following the Army s turn in procedure found at the Army Acquisition Pollution Prevention Support Office web site www aappso com d Hydrostatic retest must be performed by a DOT certified retest facility The CONUS facilities are certified through one of the DOT Independent Inspection Agencies The OCONUS facilities are certified through the Defense Logistics Agency DLA The ODS Reserve staff at DCSR continues to provide training concerning the safe storage and handling of compressed gas cylinders and Halon system cylinders to personnel in DLA the military services and other Federal agencies A safety guide for the decommissioning of Halon fire extinguishing systems was initiated by the ODS Reserve and was prepared in coordination with the Environmental Protection Agency Halon Recycling Corporation Halon Alternatives Research Corporation Fire Suppression Systems Association and Halon system manufactures The guide provides personnel involved in the decommissioning of Halon cylinders with ident
92. as for non CH storage except the canvas tarp or waterproof cover are not required d Light set 1 Non CH storage a The methods preservatives and their application shall be in accordance with MIL STD 2073 1 b Climber s set hammer pliers reeling machine and screw drivers shall be preserved by method 20 Apply MIL PRF 16173 grade 1 preservative to ferrous metal surfaces Climber s sets and reeling machines shall be individually packaged in boxes conforming to ASTM D51 18 class weather resistant c The reflectors shall be packaged by method 10 in quantities of 80 each using a box conforming to ASTM D5118 class weather resistant Reflectors shall be nested with a non corrosive paper between each reflector d Cable tube and wire Each item shall be packaged by method 10 Individual coils reels or spools shall be packaged in boxes conforming to ASTM D5118 class weather resistant Tape conforming to ASTM D5486 shall be used to secure the barrier material e All other components shall be packaged by method 10 in weather resistant containers conforming to ASTM D5118 or ASTM D5168 Items preserved and packaged as specified above weighing less than approximately 40 pounds per package shall be intermediate packaged in boxes conforming to ASTM D6251 domestic type f The packing for the light set shall be as follows Each complete set shall be packed in a crate conforming to MIL C 104 style a class optional 5 28 TM 38
93. ase assemblies will be coated with MIL PRF 3150 preservative oil e Small Arms All small arms will be thoroughly cleaned with MIL PRF 372 bore cleaner and subsequently cleaned with MIL PRF 680 Type III petroleum solvent All metallic surfaces of the weapon will be coated with MIL PRF 32033 or MIL PRF 63460 CLP preservative oil Drain excess oil from the weapon changing draining position as necessary to accomplish thorough draining If stored in fiberboard or wooden containers wrap or bag items with MIL PRF 121 f Installed Fire Control Equipment 1 All exposed unpainted and unplated metal surfaces will be coated with MIL PRF 32033 preservative oil 2 Sighting assembly springs will be cleaned and coated with a light film of MIL PRF 32033 preservative oil 3 All fire control items that require purging will be charged and purged prior to storage g Non installed Fire Control Equipment 1 Components of fire directions sets will be placed in their respective places in the carrying case 2 Aiming circle will be placed in its respective place in the carrying case h Launcher Grenade Coat unfinished unpainted surfaces of launcher tubes with MIL PRF 3150 preservative oil i M36 Series Machine Gun Mounts 1 Non CH Storage The unpainted surfaces of the mount and ring will be thoroughly cleaned with MIL PRF 372 bore cleaner and subsequently cleaned with MIL PRF 680 Type III petroleum solvent The painted surfaces will be clean
94. ate their files and or operation to determine the validity of the alleged discrepancy Action will be taken to correct or to prevent recurrence of shortcomings validated during the investigation The complainant should in each case be advised within 75 calendar days in writing of the results of the investigation d SF 364 Supply Discrepancy Report SDR Packaging Packaging discrepancy reports will be prepared and distributed in accordance with AR 735 11 2 to report generally unsatisfactory conditions including item damage or loss resulting from improper packaging when the estimated or actual cost of correcting the deficiencies exceeds 50 In addition a packaging discrepancy will be reported when any of the following deficiencies exist regardless of the cost of correction 4 3 TM 38 470 1 Improper identification of containers or items that requires opening the container or results in improper storage of the material 2 Improper identification marking of items packages or containers including dangerous hazardous material 3 Any deficiencies in packaging involving dangerous hazardous material 4 Repetitive packaging deficiencies which impose a significant burden on receiving storage or transshipping activities or any other deficiencies cited in AR 735 11 2 e SF 361 Transportation Discrepancy Report DISREP Quality personnel will provide technical support to the local transportation officer TO to enable the preparation of
95. ay also be seen as milky or tan Dulling hardening or a complete loss of coating may evidence drying or evaporation of preservation Questions concerning preservative supply class III products or lubricants and fuels should be addressed to the AFSC Questions concerning preservative supply class III products or lubricants and fuels should be addressed to TACOM TARDEC Petroleum and Water Business Area AMSTA TR D Warren MI 48397 5000 DSN786 4207 thru the TACOM War Reserve Office AMSTA LC CIPRW Warren MI 48397 5000 8 Delaminating cracking or complete breaks in barrier materials caulking and or tape 9 Leakage of any freon or other refrigerant from air conditioning must be immediately repaired to comply with the Clean Air Act and host nation environmental laws and regulations All repairs must be accomplished by Clean Air Act Section 608 609 certified technicians or equivalent using approved refrigerant recycling equipment e Surveillance of watercraft stored at Yokohama North Dock and Kuwait Naval Base is normally restricted to exterior inspection only performed without broaching the integrity of the sealed CH environment within each watercraft Each site will have a designated contractor on base performing ongoing COSIS on a continual basis f Inter modal containers will be checked weekly for evidence of leakage and or pilferage Deficiencies in the containers will be corrected immediately and AFSC and or USAMMA notified of the prob
96. ay to the bottom of the fuel tank cell Place the rubber grommet into the sample container and pump the vacuum sampler to draw fuel from the bottom of the fuel tank cell Fill the sample container to approximately 90 6 full Close the cap on the sample container immediately NOTE Newer equipment fuel screens are constructed so that vehicle operators cannot remove them Removing the complete fuel cap fuel screen assembly with a pipe wrench can access the fuel tank c Smoke generator pump outlet will be taken by attaching a sampler to the fuel line of the smoke generator electrical fuel pump 1 Attach the jumper cable cannon plug to the smoke generator electrical fuel pump 2 Connect the sampler to the fuel supply line Male coupling half quick disconnect located next to the smoke generator electrical fuel pump and insert the sampler fuel hose into the sample container 3 Connect the jumper cable electrical clips to the M1 batteries to start pumping fuel into the sample container Fill the sample container to approximately 90 full NOTE This operation requires one person to operate the sampling device and one person to engage the smoke generator pump while the sample is being taken D 2 TM 38 470 d Fuel filter inlet will be taken by attaching a sampler to the fuel line before the filter separator inlet and drawing fuel from the lower fuel tank 1 Connect the sampler to the fuel supply line female coupling half quick discon
97. be atomized sprayed into compressor air intake until oil appears at outlet Air outlet will be disconnected and air cleaner or air strainer reinstalled Air reservoirs will be drained of all condensate and interior surfaces atomized sprayed with oil conforming to MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 10 Warning tags shall be prepared indicating any area sealed and shall be securely attached in the driver s compartment in a conspicuous location When applicable brakes shall be caged to prevent galvanic corrosion from contact NOTE Acceptable alternative process for the air compressor preservation can be accomplished by removing air cleaner or air hose from compressor Open compressor tank drain plug Run compressor at normal operating speed for 2 minutes This forces all water out of system Slowly spray 8 ounces of MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 10 preservative oil into compressor intake using an oil spray gun or can Turn off compressor when all 8 ounces of oil are sprayed into compressor Drain valves will be closed Exposed ends of service air lines and dummy couplings will be covered with tape Air line filters will be drained and closed Exhaust ports of relay emergency quick release and relay valves not equipped with exhaust check valves will be closed by inserting plastic plugs conforming to NAS833 OR NAS836 or sealed with tape 2 CH Storage Drain air tank and leave valve open Fill with operational MIL PRF 46176 hydraulic brake fluid to operating level Eith
98. be left open to facilitate air circulation g Due to the uniqueness of loading barbed and concertina wire special framing must be applied to accommodate stacking if required h Construction materials should be containerized in inter modal containers whenever practical and possible for loading aboard APS 3 vessels Loading configurations will be developed at the consolidation point or at the port Standard consolidation practices will be utilized to develop the load pattern The goal is to minimize the amount of containers that must be used SECTION XVII SUPPY CLASS V 5 17 General instructions a Ammunition and explosives will be maintained in accordance with established regulations including SB 742 1 and AR 702 6 b All supply class V will be packaged in accordance with appropriate packaging drawings and palletization procedures Drawings references can be located in the ARMS Packaging Segment palletization procedures can be located in the U S AMC drawing index 1948 75 5 c Special supply policies and procedures are to be followed for all JMC and AMCOM managed supply class V that is prepositioned afloat per the latest Ammunition Information Notice AIN SUBJECT AFLOAT PREPOSITIONED LMC POC for AIN is HQ OSC ATTN AMSIO QAS Rock Island IL 61299 6000 AMCOM POC for AIN HQ AMCOM ATTN AMSAM MMC LS M Redstone Arsenal Al 35898 5239 d Supply class V prepositioned afloat requires controlled temperature and humidity storage e
99. begins with the letters DOT The last three positions of this code indicate the week and year of manufacture e g a tire with the DOT Code DOT CH EV HU4 501 was manufactured during the 50th week of 1991 g Armstrong Assuming these tires do not have DOT codes look for a 6 character code which begins with the letter C The last 3 characters of this code indicate the week and year of manufacture e g CFX526 the 52nd week of 1996 NOTE Tires identified as manufactured by United Tire shall be removed and destroyed NOTE Fuel contamination on tires will cause a problem Sidewalls will appear swollen soft and spongy In extreme cases sidewalls may be undulated or distorted Petroleum odor may be evident If contamination is slight use soap and water immediately after exposed to the contamination This may help but once the sidewall becomes spongy it cannot be restored by cleaning If there is a difference in stiffness or distortion in one sidewall when compared with the other scrap the tire The damage is in changes to the chemical properties of the rubber and the bonding between rubber and non rubber components e Fire control systems will be purged and charged per applicable TMs Prior to placing in storage complete fire control systems serviceability checks will be performed in accordance with applicable TMs Additionally synchronization and alignment will be performed CAUTION Check to assure that cylinder pressure does no
100. cant MIL PRF 18458 Threaded fittings such as turnbuckles shackles and ramp load binders shall be turned sufficiently to ensure a coating of preservative on the mating surfaces b Wire rope Wire rope on all of the craft will remain reeved and or rigged Wire rope on drums such as winches and similar gear will be inspected and coated with rust resistant lubricant MIL PRF 18458 The exposed surfaces of the drums will also be cleaned and coated Precautions shall be taken to ensure wire ropes on the landing craft that are stowed through the voids and or ramps are not overlooked Ensure that tension is maintained with proper lay as the wire rope is rewound onto the drums 5 41 TM 38 470 NOTE On the 115 ton BD Cranes it is neither feasible nor necessary to unwind all of the wire rope from the auxiliary main hook and luffing drums The wire rope exposed to the elements including the unpainted surfaces of the sheaves shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated with rust resistant lubricant MIL PRF 18458 The wire rope within the rotate machinery house from the house penetrations to the top layer on the drums shall also be coated 26 Sheaves All sheaves shall be lubricated per the design watercraft s applicable lubrication order 27 Steering systems Unpainted surfaces of quadrants rods and linkages exposed to the weather elements shall be coated with MIL PRF 16173 grade 1 preservative Exposed surfaces of hydraulic rams shall be coa
101. charged using the 12 volt selection on the charger model 2937 4419 or run the APU for 30 minutes i Containers and weapons boxes will be checked on daily basis or as directed j Fire control devices should be checked for deterioration every 180 days k Surveillance of supply class V and storage locations shall be performed per SB 742 1 by qualified personnel Shelf life extensions are provided to the ammunition community through a Missile Information Notice 1 Periodic inspections performed according to the applicable Supply Bulletin or Technical Manual will identify those items with an expiring shelf life which will require replacement or extension 2 Maintenance of ammunition and munitions will not be conducted on board ship SECTION Ill EXERCISING 6 3 Requirements a Exercising equipment in storage The primary purpose is to determine the degree of functionality of the item prevent accelerated deterioration of component surfaces and seals through distribution of lubricants and oils over surfaces normally lubricated during equipment operation and ensure that the operational capability of the item is maintained See Table 6 2 for general guidance for non cyclic maintenance exercising 6 3 TM 38 470 CAUTION Prior to slave starting any vehicle make sure everything that can be turned off is turned off This is imperative to prevent power spikes which can damage components e g diodes in the CTIS Control Assembly will be damag
102. cking for the shelter will be as follows All hardware necessary for erection and operation of the shelter shall be secured within the shelter The equipment container shall be securely fastened with tie down straps to the fixed floor The parts in the equipment container and in the shelter shall be secured and padded as required to ensure that no damage shall occur to the parts the equipment container or the shelter All exterior electrical connections shall be covered and all expandable mechanisms shall be secured b The shelter shall be closed into its container mode and secured by means provided Mechanical seals shall be placed on the doors to deter unauthorized entry to the shelter 2 CH storage The shelter requirement will be the same as for non CH storage USAMMA managed facilities may have shelters expanded for COSIS on installed medical equipment h Clam shelter 1 Non CH storage a Each Clam shelter will be packed in six reusable wooden crates with skids approximately 12 8 x 4 x 4 sufficiently strong to withstand stacking and shall not exceed 4 600 Ibs per crate Lights and electrical systems shall be packed in fiberboard boxes Fabrics shall be folded and stacked The technical manual shall be packed so it is easily accessible upon opening number 1 crate All components shall be blocked braced or cushioned as necessary to prevent damage b The following special markings shall be included All interior packaging an
103. complished in accordance with published procedures and regulations Materiel will show ability to perform intended functions by evidence of exercising and testing prescribed in DA Pam 738 750 b Materiel failing the above criteria will be submitted to the DS GS maintenance facility in the normal manner for repair and return c Contingent upon deployment of TMDE the designated APS Calibration Support Coordinator will be informed by the AMC LSE The supporting LSE will provide calibration and repair in accordance with TB 43 180 and TB 750 25 4 The 180 day TOW subsystem verification will be performed once in conjunction with the vehicle maintenance cycle Ee eee ETRE for equipment cyclic maintenance requirements b MWOs 1 Each CEG CEB will establish and maintain an MWO Coordinator 2 The AFSC CEG CEB sites will update and verify the DA Modification Work Order Management Information System MMIS to provide a record and visibility of applied MWOs Visibility of applied MWOs will also be maintained in AWRDS 3 For additional guidance on MWOs see paragraph 6 4 4 Commodity Commands are responsible for MWO funding and will coordinate ordering and installation through the AFSC MWO Coordinator c Equipment disposition APS equipment not site reparable or that exceeds the maintenance expenditure limits will be reported to the commodity command for appropriate disposition d Specific equipment 1 Fuel Tankers M978s M967s M96
104. constituted every 5 years or after use At this time all non hospital assemblages will be upgraded to the most recent UAL DEPMEDS hospitals will be reconstituted every 30 months and will receive any ship short packages due out Every 5 years the DEPMEDS hospitals will be reconstituted upgraded per established fielding schedules i All material will be inspected to assure serviceability PMCS requirements of item TM 10 20 maintenance requirements are met Additionally tires will be inspected for serviceability during cyclic maintenance j Maintenance operations for ammunition and munitions will be performed per the PREPO Maintenance Cycle Surveillance Inspection Plan Technical assistance for this plan is Commander TACOM ARDEC ATTN AMSMC MAP Q Rock Island IL 61299 7300 A statement of work for inspection maintenance of missiles will be prepared by HQ AMCOM and approved by HQ AMC Periodic inspection and maintenance will be performed during the maintenance cycle If maintenance is not conducted at the port facility or land base site these items will be loaded directly on railcars or trucks for shipment to AMC depots for maintenance These items may be returned via rail or highway in time for reloading of the ship or replaced k Operational projects and sustainment equipment requiring maintenance will be integrated into the fiscal year FY maintenance program Materiel should be checked for deterioration per Table 3 5 TABLE 3 5 INSPE
105. containers for damage and or serviceability before stuffing to ensure safe movement Loaded containers will be visually inspected at each transit node In accordance with AR 56 4 receipt certification repair and movement of all inter modal containers will be reported to LOGSA PSCC Army Intermodal and Distribution Platform Management Office AIDPMO 11 Hap Arnold Boulevard Tobyhanna PA 18466 5097 email aidomo logsa redstone army mil FAX DSN 795 6678 Commercial 570 895 6678 d Preservation inspection for all APS materiel will be accomplished in accordance with MIL STD 2073 1 Appendix G Table G1 and as specified herein e Reference Table 345 for inspection criteria for Supply Class IX items without shelf life f Mounted track roadwheels and sprockets will have a minimum of 50 of original thickness remaining Unmounted track will be a minimum supply condition code B Serviceable in accordance with TM 9 2530 200 24 Standards for Inspection and Classification of Tracks Track Components and Solid Rubber Tires TM 38 470 g Howitzer and M 1 Main Gun tubes will have a minimum of 500 rounds of effective full charge remaining h Combat identification panels weapon mounts and radio installation kits will be installed mounted on end items i Tires will be replaced with less than 75 of the tread life or with any visible sidewall damage SECTION Ill SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5 3 General a When vehicles are to be placed in outdoor storage
106. control figure 4 40 item 6 loo Cap fuel inlet line 1O Connect silicone rubber hose to fuel control inlet fitting Place hose in a container of clean MIL C 6801 oil 10 Connect battery 1 Set control panel MASTER SWITCH to ON 2 Momentarily set ENGINE CONTROL SWITCH to START and then release to RUN 13 Allow starter to run until only oil is expended from fuel line 5 49 TM 38 470 14 Set ENGINE CONTROL SWITCH to OFF 15 Disconnect battery 4 Remove silicone rubber hose from fuel control and connect fuel inlet line to fuel control _ Remove silicone rubber hose from fuel line figure 4 49 item 1 and connect fuel line to fuel nozzle _ Connect positive electrical wire to auxiliary fuel pump _ Remove and discard fuel control fuel filter Install new fuel control fuel filter Is Connect igniter lead to igniter plug 21 Tag AGPU control panel with a tag stating This fuel system has been preserved with MIL C 6801 Flushing is required in accordance with this manual before placing AGPU in service Step 2 Engine oil system Drain engine oil and replace filter in accordance with TM 55 1730 229 12 Service oil system with corrosion inhibited type oil described by MIL PRF 23699 Step 3 Generator Grease generator bearings in accordance with TM 55 1730 229 12 Step 4 Lubrication Perform annual lubrication in accordance with TM 55 1730 229 12 3 Disconnect igniter plug lead figure 4 5
107. ctronics enclosures except as specified in paragraph b 1 below Items or equipment marked to indicate susceptibility to electrostatic electromagnetic or radioactive field forces will remain in their original containers These containers will be marked to identify contents and special handling requirements a Portable MANPACK Radio Sets and Radar Sets No preservation required Place this equipment in weather resistant fiberboard boxes wrap and or cushion as required to prevent loss or damage of components Exception items in cases require no other protection NOTE Remove all dry cell batteries from equipment Internally and externally installed radio sets handsets headsets and control boxes will remain in equipment Mountings connectors and attaching hardware will also remain installed on the equipment In addition to the general cleaning requirements cited in chapter 9 section IV paragraph b 5 b Communications and electronics shelters 1 Non CH Storage a Wrap all loose spare parts and miscellaneous components with A A 1051 corrugated fiberboard place the items within ASTM D5118 weather resistant fiberboard boxes close per ASTM D1974 using ASTM D5486 Type IV tape b Wrap handsets headsets microphones controls and similar equipment not disassembled and secured to equipment with bubble or foam wrap place within a plastic bag tape in place with ASTM D5486 tape Type IV tape c Secure coil halyards rope
108. culite covers will be manufactured with grommets and nylon draw strings to secure the cover to machinery and miscellaneous equipments c It is the responsibility of the storage activities and organizations to lift the actual dimensions from the watercraft for each cover to be fabricated by local vendors d Research reveals that Herculite is the best material to use for covering machinery and miscellaneous equipment exposed to the elements The Herculite cover will breathe a small amount of air and will provide circulation within the cover 6 Plywood blanks Blanks are normally used in preservation procedures to introduce dehumidification to a vessel They are normally sealed with pressure sensitive tape glue strippable and bituminous coatings over large openings penetrating the dehumidified area which are not air tight It is the responsibility of the storage activity organization to lift the actual dimensions from the watercraft for each blank to be fabricated and to design procure and install the simple quick acting dogging devices or strongback securing devices 7 BII basic issue items Boat sets are provided for each watercraft as a minimum authorized requirement for the operation maintenance health safety and welfare of the crew All vessel operating equipment operating supplies repair parts and accessory items will have been previously inventoried replenished represerved and repackaged by the storage activity organization Th
109. d The cable lugs shall be cleaned and coated with a light coat of oil or grease The old batteries shall be removed and turned into the preservation facility supply section for disposition New starting batteries dry charged shall be installed and secured in the battery storage trays The cables will not be connected Electrolyte for the batteries to be used when the craft is activated in a hostile environment shall be placed and secured in close proximity of the batteries Two each 12V dry charged batteries for use during biennial activation and test will be stored on each preserved watercraft Electrolyte in sufficient quantity will be stored near each battery Electrolyte must have at least 2 years of shelf life remaining 2 Dehumidification Critical areas of each craft shall be placed under dehumidification per paragraphs 6 through 9 below each of which pertains to a specific design craft Sealing of the watercraft shall be accomplished utilizing as much as possible installed doors scuttles covers port lights and so forth augmented with tape glue and strip coat plywood and duct seal 3 Lubrication Each craft will be lubricated per the applicable lubrication order except in those areas requiring the application of contact preservatives 4 Hazardous materials Materials considered hazardous including but not limited to open or used containers of paint thinners solvents or other flammable materials and pyrotechnics will not
110. d bare metal surfaces on trailer deck F pins cables and ISO brackets Drain all air reservoirs of condensate Spring loaded drain valves are located under air tanks and operated by pulling a lanyard Ensure air flow stops when lanyard is released It is not necessary to spray any preservative into interiors of the tanks Drain all air line filters and close CAUTION The M1000 is certified for crane lift with a payload weight not to exceed 50 000 Ibs 25 ton 4 M1074 truck PLS The following applies in addition to normal preservation specified above Air brakes reservoirs are corrosion resistant and do not require preservation The air dryer desiccant shall be replaced every cycle 5 Fuel Tankers Preservation Fuel tankers shall be fogged using MIL PRF 21260 oil provided the tanker is not contaminated with water or any chemical cleaners a Procedure to fog the M969A1 tanker is as follows NOTE All fuel should be drained from tanker Prior to start close all valves and drain holes Step 1 Remove pump strainer and plug by oil water separator Open valves B G and H Insert nozzle and hose at valve B Push the nozzle towards the area of valve G and H start spray and let run for 5 minutes Check the area of the removed strainer fog should be seen Step 2 Block off the opening at the pump strainer Open up Valve A creating a chimney effect into the tank Spray for 5 10 minutes During this operation check the bottom of tank from the t
111. d for this application The 1 inch length of metal tube will extend to the outside Seal the external tube opening with ASTM D5486 type IV tape Seal contact area between tube and external MIL VAN wall with caulking compound Step 3 Using a 2 inch hole saw cut a hole in the 1 4 inch plywood inner liner inside the MILVAN 24 inches from top directly below the adapter plate Step 4 Using a 1 inch hole saw cut a hole through the outer wall centered inside the 2 inch hole that was cut in the plywood inner liner in Step 3 Step 5 Install the 4 spot humidity indicator NSN 6685 00 61 8 1822 in the 1 inch hole Seal contact area between indicator and wall with silicone sealant Step 6 Load MILVAN with required medical materiel Step 7 Place free breather into the MILVAN Place the breather drum on the floor of the MILVAN near the wall vent Secure the breather drum in place with heavy wire or nylon web straps Thread the wire or straps through the strap loops attached to the breather drum Connect the flexible ducting hose between the breather and wall adapter plates Secure at each end with hose clamps Step 8 Follow procedures in paragraph f 4 to charge the static free breather system Step 9 Close and secure MILVAN doors Utilizing caulking gun NSN 6120 00 293 3208 apply a bead of silicone sealant type MIL A 46106 around the outside edge of the rubber door seals Smooth the compound flush with the rubber seal In extreme cold weather
112. d in medical equipment should be tested and or recharged as soon as possible to include batteries in medical equipment usable on line voltage 115 volts nominal or batteries b Batteries in medical equipment should be fully charged upon completion of training exercises e Cyclic maintenance serviceability inspections and performance testing of medical equipment will be per formed in accordance with applicable TMs or manufacturer s literature prior to reconstitution of the medial assemblages by medical equipment repairers In addition the following will be accomplished prior to reconstitution 1 All medical equipment will be inspected tested and serviced Applicable preventive maintenance calibration verification and electrical safety services will be performed to ensure medical equipment is FMC prior to being placed in storage 2 All X ray equipment will be inspected for signs of visible damage X ray equipment will be energized to determine condition and operational usability 3 All electrically or battery powered medical diagnostic or treatment equipment will be operationally tested Upon completion of determining equipment is fully mission capable batteries will be disconnected Operator replaceable commercial off the shelf AA A C D 9 volt batteries will be removed from equipment 4 Medical equipment requiring the use of water during testing for example field sterilizer and field surgical sinks will be operationally t
113. d lower it approximately 1 foot into the drum Remove the thumb and allow product to enter the thief Rinse the thief by rotating it so that product touches all areas of the thief that will be used to sample Discard the rinse product 3 Take an all levels sample by slowly inserting the drum thief into the product and allowing the product to fill as the thief is lowered to the bottom Place the thumb over the end of the thief remove the thief and empty the contents into a clean one gallon sample can Repeat the sampling process until the sample can is approximately 90 degrees full TABLE D 1 CORRECTION FACTORS FOR API GRAVITY TEMP FACTOR TEMP FACTOR TEMP FACTOR TEMP FACTOR 100 3 1 80 1 6 60 0 0 40 1 7 99 3 1 79 1 5 59 0 1 39 1 8 98 3 0 78 1 4 58 0 2 38 1 8 97 2 9 77 1 4 57 0 3 37 1 9 96 2 8 76 1 3 56 0 4 36 2 0 95 2 8 75 1 2 55 0 5 35 2 1 94 2 7 74 1 1 54 0 6 34 2 2 93 2 6 73 1 0 53 0 0 33 2 3 92 2 5 72 1 0 52 0 0 32 2 4 91 2 5 71 0 9 51 0 0 31 2 5 90 2 4 70 0 8 50 0 0 30 2 5 89 2 3 69 0 7 49 0 9 29 2 6 88 2 2 68 0 6 48 1 0 28 2 7 87 2 1 67 0 6 47 1 1 27 2 8 86 2 1 66 0 5 46 1 2 26 2 9 85 2 0 65 0 4 45 1 2 25 3 0 84 1 9 64 0 3 44 1 3 24 3 1 83 1 8 63 0 2 43 1 4 23 3 2 82 1 8 62 0 2 42 1 5 22 3 2 81 1 7 61 0 1 41 1 6 21 3 3 TM 38 470 PETROLEUM SAMPLING EQUIPMENT ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER NSN ALL LEVEL
114. d unpacked items shall be marked or tapped with part number if applicable nomenclature and quantities Marking shall match an enclosed packing list of items contained in each crate and the component manual 2 CH storage Requirements for CH storage are the same as for non CH storage i Tool outfit pioneer portable 1 Non CH storage a The preservation for the tool outfit shall be as follows Preservatives specified shall be applied in accordance with MIL STD 2073 1 Unfinished surfaces shall be coated with MIL PRF 16173 grade or grade 4 preservative Exposed exterior machined surfaces shall be coated with MIL C 11796 class 3 or MIL PRF 10924 preservative The coated surfaces shall be wrapped or covered with barrier material conforming to MIL PRF 121 type I grade A class 2 and secured in place with tape Protected items having mounting brackets or holders shall be preserved as specified and when possible placed in the case b The trailer components shall be preserved in accordance with level A mobile requirement of MIL STD 3003 All hand tools and similar equipment shall be preserved in accordance with level A requirement c Interiors of padlocks shall be coated with MIL PRF 32033 and operated to assure penetration of the lubricant Padlocks not attached to the body assembly and the required keys shall be preserved in accordance with MIL STD 2073 1 method 33 or 31 and secured within the body assembly Attached padlocks sha
115. damage Tape the slack respective lift loops on each side of the trailer tongue with 2 inch minimum width tape conforming to type IV of ASTM D5486 2 CH storage The trailer mounted kitchen field requirement will be the same as for non CH storage Reproduction set 1 Non CH storage a The reproduction set shall be preserved and packed as follows All the components of each reproduction set shall be placed into proper carrying cases or boxes Cushioning shall be used as necessary to prevent movement or damage Closure of the carrying case and boxes shall be accomplished by means provided b Each complete reproduction kit shall be packed in a cleated plywood shipping container conforming to overseas type style A of ASTM D6251 Cushioning shall be used as necessary to fill voids within the shipping container a prevent movement or damage of contents Each shipping container shall be closed and strapped in accordance with ASTM D6251 2 CH storage Requirements for CH storage are the same as for non CH storage 5 31 TM 38 470 m Spray outfit 1 Non CH storage a It is recommended that the paint spray outfits be packed in a manner duplicating the original packing when received in new condition Drain gasoline or run gasoline tank dry spray inside of gasoline tank with MIL PRF 21260 preservative type 1 grade 10 Drain and refill engine and compressor crankcase with MIL L 2126 preservative type l grade 10 Attach a tag on b
116. dapter and RH indicator plug Place the 4 1 2 inch portion of the adapter tube inside the shelter Cover the exterior tube opening with a 4 by 4 inch piece of wire screen or nylon mesh material Utilize tape or hose clamp to secure the screen This prevents insects from entering the breather tube b Open the vent cover on the personnel door Utilizing A A 1936 contact adhesive glue a 5 by 5 inch one eighth inch thick rubber gasket of ASTM D1056 grade 5BE7 NSN 9320 00 824 8816 or equivalent to the inside center of the vent cover This is necessary to close off the free breather during the draw down phase of dehumidification c Position the free breather drum on the floor of the shelter near the door and secure in place using web straps or heavy wire d Open the breather drum and remove the drum lid adapter plate 6 feet of flexible ducting hose clamps and hardware With the rubber gasket in place mount the adapter plate to the lid of the free breather drum with the bolts and 5 46 TM 38 470 nuts provided Connect the flexible ducting between the drum adapter plate and the module adapter plate and secure both ends with the hose clamps provided Close the vent cover on the personnel door e Install the four spot humidity indicator NSN 6685 00 61 8 1822 in the hole in the cover plate Step 8 Charge the static free breather system following the procedures in paragraph f 4 Step 9 Close and secure personnel door Step 10 Seal a
117. downgraded from supply condition codes A to B to C to H in accordance with the timeframes specified ih Appendix B of DOD 4140 27 M ICPs SICCs shall fill retail requisitions with materiel that is being downgraded at the site to minimize the disposal of expired shelf life items and their associated costs Once the item reaches its expiration date the APS site shall process it through either DRMO or the local contractor IAW local procedures If disposition instructions are needed the APS site will contact the managing ICP SICC f APS sites shall inspect and test Type II Extendable shelf life items IAW the Supply Storage Standards identified in AR 702 18 Also the storage standards can be accessed through the Internet using the Shelf Life Extension Program Material Quality Control Storage Standards located at the DOD Shelf life Program web site http www shelflife hg dla mil AR 702 18 provides quality assurance information to be used in determining the condition of the materiel during receiving storage and shipping Also it includes visual inspections laboratory tests or restorative actions that may be required to maintain and return the stocks back to ready to issue status g Type Il Extendable shelf life items require a visual inspection and or a laboratory test to determine if a shelf life extension is warranted If the material requires a visual inspection it must be inspected 6 to 7 months prior to the inspection test date to minimize ma
118. dry Hose fittings shall be coated with preservative oil conforming to MIL PRF 3150 MIL PRF 21260 or MIL PRF 10924 The hose ends shall be wrapped in barrier material conforming to Grade A MIL PRF 121 material and secured with tape conforming to Type V of ASTM D5486 The hose assembly P N 5 59 317 shall be coiled and stowed within the hopper assembly The suction hose shall be installed by coiling within the holding brackets on top of the tank unit The coiled hoses shall be secured to the tank by steel strapping or wire tying to restrict free movement Solid fiberboard material shall be utilized between contact points of the strapping and hose as well as the strapping and tank unit to prevent damage to hose and painted metal surfaces of the tank unit 2 CH storage Same as for non CH storage s Bakery equipment 1 Non CH storage a Clean and sanitize the interior surfaces of the mixer divider and molder including the dough troughs with the following sanitizing rinse solution One pouch of disinfectant food service dissolved in 1 gallon of water Rinse with clear water and dry with dry compressed air b Interior surfaces of mixer including interior surfaces of dough troughs dough divider and molder surfaces which come in contact with dough will be coated with MIL C 10382 corrosion preventive compound food handling machinery and equipment c Fog the combination chamber exhaust tube exhaust pipe burner nozzle and shutter a
119. ds is required d All materiel will be stored in a CH environment or packaged to military preservation and stowed in ISO Shelters The AFSC and appropriate War Reserve commodity manager must approve any materiel excluded from a CH environment e Under no circumstances will medical containers ISO Shelters or MILVAN s be opened while aboard ship f The majority of CH facilities are traditional storage warehouses constructed of concrete cement blocks or metal clad panels that have been vapor sealed insofar as economically feasible Depending on the building s height floor dimensions and load bearing capacities CH warehouses can provide a corrosion resistant environment for the storage of APS materiel and supplies Nontraditional CH facilities such as portable metal clad shelters or flexible water vapor resistant material i e PVC urethane etc bags or tunnels provide corrosion resistant dry air systems that can be used when traditional CH warehouses are not available These nontraditional CH shelters can be constructed so that they will provide a dry air environment to a specific weapon system i e combat vehicles or be constructed like a tunnel to hold various sized vehicles and other classes of APS stock Both types of CH facilities provide a corrosion resistant environment Storage of communications and electronics shelters in other than CH facilities shall be in accordance with provisions of Chapter 5 section 5 11 b g At no
120. dually preserved in sealed clear polyethylene film bags and shall be in accordance with method 10 of MIL STD 2073 1 2 CH storage Requirements for CH storage are the same as for non CH storage c Kitchen field feeding company level 1 Non CH storage a Refer to military specification MIL PRF 44156 The component parts of each complete field kitchen shall be cleaned and preserved in accordance with table IIl Apply preservative to unpainted or uncoated metal surfaces only Greaseproof barrier material shall conform to MIL PRF 121 Secure barrier material with paper tape conforming to ASTM D5486 tape Seal openings with tape conforming to ASTM D5486 b Each complete field kitchen shall be packed in a two box unit Each box shall be constructed in accordance with style DBLCC The approximate outside dimensions shall be 48 inches in length 40 inches in width and 43 inches in depth Each box shall be mounted on a type 4 way entry type IV or type V pallet in accordance with MIL HDBK 774 Box 1 of two shall contain heater cabinet pot cradle two food containers water bag cutting board fire extinguisher lantern tool chest and M2A burners Box 2 of two shall contain all remaining components The contents of each box shall be cushioned anchored braced and blocked as necessary to prevent movement and damage Cover the kitchen field with a canvas tarp or waterproof cover 2 CH storage The field kitchen requirement will be the same
121. e rpm normal to operation of the vehicle will be attained during the testing Make several right and left 90 degree turns Make several hard braking stops without skidding While exercising and when it is safe and convenient operate all other functional components and perform all during and after operational checks c Service and parking brakes will be tested in accordance with PMCS tables in the applicable TMs Trailers having brake and light systems will be hooked up to a prime mover and subjected to brake and light testing Any fluid on lines drums or tires prior to test should be wiped clean Visual inspection after testing will disclose whether the system is leaking at the points inspected d For all track vehicles test brake holding capability in accordance with PMCS tables in the applicable TM or if not specified use guidance in paragraph 7 4 5 3 All brake systems will be visually inspected lines master cylinder and drums before and after test for evidence of fluid leakage Any fluid on lines drums or tires prior to test should be wiped clean to start Visual inspection after testing will disclose whether the system is leaking at the points inspected 4 Check axles and constant velocity joints for evidence of lubricant leaks NOTE Evidence of leaking lubricant does not necessarily indicate a failed seal Overfill during lubrication separation of grease GAA MIL PRF 10924 and plugged axle vents can cause external s
122. e storage activity organization will also have had previously re stowed on each vessel all items in their appropriate stowage brackets bins lockers and storerooms except accessory items normally stored on the exterior fire hoses nozzles fire axes spanner and dog wrenches which shall be tagged with identification location and stored inside the dehumidification zone At KNB heat sensitive items will be marked and packaged by vessel accordingly and stored in the 10K building Refer to the appropriate Common Table of Allowances CTA for Army vessels Table of Distribution and Allowances TDA vessel technical manuals TMs and or boat set listings for the authorized items and items and quantities All vessel technical manuals lubrication orders drawings support publications and operating logs and records shall be inventoried replenished and stowed in lockers aboard the watercraft 8 Gaskets packing and fasteners New gaskets packing seals and fasteners in good condition shall be used during reassembly of equipment upon completion of preservation This procedure does not provide for openings in fuel raw water fresh water systems to D H areas 9 Fresh water chlorination It is the responsibility of the storage activity or organization tasked to prepare watercraft for storage to provide and store chlorometric test kits and calcium hypochlorite technical HTH face shields and rubber gloves for use on board watercraft The calcium hypoch
123. e the U S Army Medical Materiel Agency Medical Logistics Support Team USAMMA MST These personnel may be military civilian or contractor Seb ADe A for the complete explanation of the USAMMA MLST g Security procedures for storage of items classified as sensitive or pilferable will be per AR 190 11 h Valuable storage space will be gained by secondary cargo loading i e stacking of boxed materiel electronic shelters generators and so forth into the bed of trailers or vehicles Equipment must be properly secured to eliminate the possibility of damage to the equipment and or the trailers or vehicles The load limits of the equipment must be observed to prevent overload of the system Unit set integrity must be maintained at all times Medical Equipment Sets and Medical Materiel Sets will not be placed as a secondary load in any vehicle or trailer These assets will be placed in MILVANS or ISO Shelters only 2 1 TM 38 470 i Uploading and containerization will be utilized to the maximum extent possible to conserve storage space and decrease the time to issue equipment Appropriate blocking and bracing will be accomplished In conjunction with this the following equipment should be uploaded or containerized 1 Communications and electronic equipment 2 Unit Prescribed load lists PLL 3 Basic issue items BII 4 Authorized stockage lists ASL 5 Component of end items COE 6 Weapons mounts and designated fire co
124. e vehicle storage locations where the parts can be secured and will not damage the item or the vehicle Loose components that are not stored in the normal storage location will be packaged and packed to protect the contents BII will be separate from OVE and COEI and will normally be over packed in wood boxes and secured in or on the vehicle to prevent damage All vehicle TMs lube orders support publications operating logs and other required records shall be inventoried replenished packaged and stowed in the vehicle Wherever possible stow in map compartment or toolbox c Cooling Systems Vehicles basically have two types of cooling systems liquid and air Air cooled engines require no special preservation procedure Cooling systems will be protected as specified below 1 In 1997 CID A A 52624 was adopted to replace Military Specifications MIL A 46153 entitled Single Package Heavy Duty Inhibited Ethylene Glycol Antifreeze and MIL A 11755 entitled Arctic Type Antifreeze If your system currently uses either of the MIL spec antifreezes listed above the antifreeze should be flushed out of the system and replaced with CID A A 52624 equivalent antifreeze Detailed instructions for draining cleaning and flushing cooling systems are given in TM 750 254 Cooling Systems Tactical Vehicles 5 8 TM 38 470 2 The following requirements apply to either a 60 40 or 50 50 antifreeze solution consisting of either Ethylene glycol and water or Pro
125. eads shall be placed in the appropriate tray secured with straps provided and the tray secured in the trailer c The preservation for the hand tack button attaching machine and hand grommet press shall be as follows All uncoated ferrous metal surfaces of each hand tack button attaching machine and hand grommet press shall be cleaned in accordance with MIL STD 2073 1 and thoroughly dried Surfaces cleaned as specified shall be thoroughly coated with type preservative The hand tack button attaching machine and the hand grommet press shall then be individually prepared by method 42 of MIL STD 2073 1 The preserved machine and press shall be placed in the stowage box on the trailer and secured in such a manner as to prevent movement d The remaining components shall be steam cleaned in accordance with MIL STD 2073 1 and thoroughly dried Preservative shall be MIL PRF 16173 grade 2 for non contacting and MIL PRF 3150 for contacting surfaces Belts shall be removed from ferrous metal pulleys and the pulleys coated with a primer Components of each clothing repair shop such as the stands tables chairs etc shall be secured with means provided The doors of the trailer body shall be secured in the closed position and padlocks locked in place Padlock keys shall be securely wire tied to the lock shaft with a minimum 0 057 inch diameter annealed wire The hand tools and accessories shall be preserved except that items not covered therein shall be indivi
126. ecure on top of radio mounting bracket with tape Preserve cable connectors by spraying with MIL C 81309 type 3 class 2 NSN 8030 00 546 8637 only on connectors that are not connected 21 The main vehicle batteries are to be disconnected The Computer Electronic Unit CEU battery information should be recorded and the CEU battery removed 22 Deplete parking brake pressure by repeatedly activating the parking brake until gauge reads zero 23 Night vision devices will be stored in accordance with the following a Remove the stowage box for the DNV from the Driver s compartment by removing all mounting bolts Open the front of the DNV stowage box and measure down from the top of the stowage box on the back wall of the stowage box and 1 in from the right side of the stowage box Drill a 1 2 diameter hole at the intersection of these two measurements Figure 1 below 5 19 TM 38 470 b Measure 1 in from the top right side of the stowage box cover and 3 forward from the rear of the stowage box cover Drill a 1 2 diameter hole at the intersection of these two measurements Figure 1 below c Remount the DNV stowage box in its proper location in the Driver s compartment d Place the DNV in the stowage box and secure it with the straps provided Close the cover of the stowage box Loop Seal 5340 00 084 1570 through both of the holes previously drilled in the DNV stowage box and Seal by placing the male end of the Seal into t
127. ed by power spikes b General Exercising Requirements Exercising equipment will be integrated into and made a part of the cyclic maintenance program Constraints aboard ships and warehouses limit and in some cases eliminate the ability to fully exercise equipment Low ceiling heights close storage configurations and inaccessibility are the main constraints It is essential that the cyclic maintenance schedules include an exercising program to the fullest extent possible Inability to completely exercise equipment during a cycle must be documented and maintained with that piece of equipment Ifa system on an operational vehicle e g hydraulic unit is not used on a regular basis that system will be exercised once every 90 days 1 The PMCS tables in the operator 10 and organizational 20 manuals will be used for vehicles being evaluated during the APS maintenance cycle 2 When the PMCS for a specific vehicle does not specify time period of operation speed or distance the following guidance will be followed a Perform before operations checks Start engine and run for a period sufficient to bring engine and lubricants to normal operating temperature prior to start of testing If there is no prescribed warm up time engines will be allowed to run until they reach normal operating temperature or a minimum of 20 minutes b During testing the vehicle will be operated in all power ranges forward and reverse Speeds and engin
128. ed by wiping with clean dry rags Immediately after cleaning all surfaces will be coated with MIL PRF 3150 preservation oil Excess oil will be allowed to drain from the coated surfaces All sliding surfaces of the ring will be coated with a light coat of GAA Cover the entire ring and mount with 6 mil black polyethylene film 2 CH Storage Requirements are the same as non CH storage except that the barrier material can be eliminated j TOW The 180 day TOW subsystem verification will be performed prior to the vehicle being placed in storage k PATRIOT Missile System CH storage is required for Patriot Equipment 1 Perform PMCS per equipment TMs to include intermediate maintenance IM and depot forward tasks 2 Store per equipment TMs except a Equipment shall be stored using the landing legs NOT the outriggers b All tires shall be inflated per applicable technical manuals ref Chapter 5 Section Ill 5 3 d 1 c All louvers vents etc will be opened to allow for free circulation of air within shelters 5 21 TM 38 470 SECTION XI COMMUNICATIONS AND ELECTRONICS EQUIPMENT 5 11 Preservation procedures CAUTION Waiter or solvents will not be used to clean electronics equipment or wash the floors within electronics enclosures Electronics enclosures prepared for CH storage will have all vents louvers and so forth opened to allow free circulation of air within the enclosures Desiccants are prohibited for use within ele
129. ed to logsapt logsa redstone army mil TM 38 470 DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT Approved for public release distribution is unlimited INTRODUCTION PUNDOSC 8 ys cencth2eio ieee ads E Mase ee eR SCOPE is cece nercaewenscecsiven ph tacuse gs cauangulseetdevs leavibe apetavsccndeured eee ceydttes arthiane Technical Assistance and Deviations ec ceeseeeeeeneeeeseneeeeeeneeeeenaees Explanations Of Term eeccceeeesceeeeeneeeeeesneeeeenaeeeeseaeeeeseaeeeeeenaeeeeenaeeees Environmental Requirements cscceeeesseeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeneeesesneeeeseeeees Radioactive Matetiall is cii2c hati estes cetestiieatecnestieneieveiatine saci patente nies STORAGE OPERATIONS ection so POMGY E E A A A E E A Il Controlled Humidity CH Storage eeceeeceeeeeseeeeeeneeteeeeeeeteeeeeaeetea ll Open Storage assis caved aea sheik IV Physical S Curity sc cccsc csctesescctvatesaeeeebeeiien saved neghengediestiesseeeatatiaees V Segregated Items oc eeeeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeseeesaeeeseeesaeeeeeeessaeenseeenaas VI Inventory Planning and Control ceeeceeesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeesneeeeneeeaes Vile Locator Syste cctsccicesdicess gohatl Sie ara e e i lcci VIII Repair Parts and Supply Stockage 0 ecceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeeeaaes IX Shelf Life Management cccceeeceeeneeeeneeteneeeeeeeeeeeseaeeseaeeseeeeseaeeseeeenea Release and Loan of APS Stock eccceesceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeen
130. eeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeee tenes ceaeeeeeeenaas ENGLISH METRIC CONVERSION cecceesceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseeeseneeseee caeeeeeeseneeseaeee ACRONYM Sarsari ea aeaa aa a e a eaaa a e aa ea Eaa REA RADIATION SAFETY POINTS OF CONTACT 0 cccccesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseaeeeseeeseeeeenaee caeeeneeeseaeeseaten PATRIOT MISSILE SYSTEM INTEGRATION AND CHECKOUT SICO PROCEDURES 25x issacihecctcnges iauna i aaee e ve cashes decaul E ea E aanp Aa EEA E AEAEE aANT ASENN testes NSA J 1 USAMMA MEDICAL LOGISTICS SUPPORT TEAM MLST cceesceesteeeeseeteneeeeneee cette eeeneeeeeeeea K 14 FIGURES 1 2 3 10 3 14 K 4 TM 38 470 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 Purpose a This technical manual TM sets forth procedural requirements and guidance for preparation maintenance preservation of materiel for storage care of supplies in storage COSIS and depreservation instructions that will be accomplished during maintenance cycles while in storage and at time of issue The procedures herein will be used with equipment groups and activities assigned the mission for storage and maintenance of APS This manual supersedes TM 38 470 dated 15 May 2003 b Equipment will be maintained in accordance with AR 750 1 maintenance standards c These procedures will not be used for purposes other than stated herein except upon approval of Headquarters Department of the Army HQ DA Deputy Chief of Staff for Logistics DCSLOG
131. eeens X CHAPTER 3 ection CHAPTER 4 Section l I HI IV V Vi VII CHAPTER 5 Section l Il III IV V VI VII VIII STORAGE AND MAINTENANCE OF ARMY PREPOSITIONED STOCK MATERIEL MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS O E E E abies Maintenance Guidance ccccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees Fuel Sampling issnin vane chee tence sate eE EEan EEA r aar E LEE CY clic Maintenane esiisa enen ean Maintenance Functions for Watercraft cccccccccsscccsseceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees QUALITY ASSURANCE E E E T T csestevsstant el eagudvepersaieberes Proofing the Process ansciu eene e EE aS Quality AUIS iie serae aenaran renon eae eE E E a E e aAa Procedures Review and Evaluation c ceeesseeeseseeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeseneeees Internal Quality Data eee ceceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeseeeseeeeseeeesieeeeneeens External Quality Datars siccceecssectidiseieacitestl diaeediart Gai diaeeeastieiinceeveaceae Data Evaluation aE EE E PREPARING EQUIPMENT FOR STORAGE PHASE 1 PON GY ac ccisececasiusl s casdesztsaagencdasteccaascede ensbecetest E E E E MIDS PO CU O Mso ee e a ao a Special Provisions ecceeseceesceceseeceeeeseeeeeaeeceaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseeeeeaees Cleaning Procedures c ceecceseeeeeseeeceneeeeeeseaeeeseeeteaeeesaeeseaeeseeeseneeeenees PIRATES A E E E etree E S E E E A E A T E Military Packaging senner cag aa LubricatiO Mesine eeose ai aaea a E
132. eginning with the letters MJ or MC The last three numbers of which indicate the week and year of manufacture e g a tire with serial number MJ1234567236 was manufactured during the 23rd week of 1996 d Cooper Cooper brand off road tires have a ten digit serial number The last three digits of the serial number indicate the week and year of manufacture e g a Cooper tire with the serial number 1234567205 was manufactured during the 20th week of 1995 e General General uses a 9 position alphanumeric code with the last three characters representing the month and year of manufacture General is different from the other manufacturers in that the seventh character representing the month of manufacture is a letter rather than a number Using this code the first letter of the alphabet represents the first month of the year and the second letter of the alphabet represents the second month etc The last two characters are numbers representing the year of manufacture For example a code readiig 01479BK96 indicates a tire manufactured in the 11Ith month since the letter K is the 11th letter of the alphabet and the year of manufacture is 1996 f Michelin Michelin has no serial numbers on its off road tires that would indicate the date of manufacture Look for a DOT Code All highway type tires sold in the United States must have a DOT Department of Transportation Code molded into their sidewalls The DOT Code has 13 characters and always
133. eir review All major deviations shall be forwarded to the AFSC with copies to the appropriate MSC APS office and the Logistics Support Activity LOGSA Packaging Storage and Containerization Center PSCC Requests and subsequent approval or disapproval may be executed via electronic mail 1 4 Explanation of terms For purpose of interpretation and clarification the following definitions are provided In addition abbreviations contained in AR 740 1 may be used a Maintenance Those testing repairing and modification actions performed to ensure that the materiel meets or exceeds TM 10 20 requirements prior to the start of each new cycle and is ready for use within the prescribed reaction time b Preparation of equipment for storage Phase I Those actions necessary to ensure equipment meet TM 10 20 maintenance standards and are preserved to prevent deterioration while in storage figure 1 1 c Inspection survey and exercising during storage Phase II Those actions related to the surveillance of materiel and exercising of the equipment components while in storage to maintain equipment throughout the cycle figure 1 1 d Issue from storage Phase Ill Those actions necessary to depreserve and provide equipment during handoff figure 1 1 1 1 TM 38 470 PREPARATION FOR STORAGE PHASE ili N HANDOFF w cosis PHASE II Figure 1 1 APS Phases e Physical security That part of security concerned with measures to safeg
134. emical Within these broad categories there are many variations The type of cleaning required may vary depending on the product carried by the tanker the type of tank e g stainless steel Teflon coated steel and the purpose for cleaning For long term storage preservation the following methods are recommended TM 38 470 1 Stainless steel tanks For stainless steel tankers the steam cleaning process is the preferred method as specified in FM 10 67 1 Concepts and Equipment of Petroleum Operations TM 9 2330 356 14 Operator s Unit Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual for Semi trailer Tank 5000 Gallon Bulk Haul Self Load Unload M967 M967A1 Fuel Dispensing Automotive M969 M969A1 Fuel Dispensing Under Overawing Aircraft M970 M970A1 contains an acceptable alternative method for steam cleaning stainless steel tanks 2 Teflon coated tanks Steam cleaning this type of tank with water exceeding 140 degrees F is not authorized Pressure washing is the preferred method that will be used Use a high pressure solution of heated water and solvent for maximum effectiveness As an alternative the chemical method contained in TB 43 0212 Purging Cleaning and Coating Interior Ferrous and Terne Sheet Vehicle Fuel Tanks is authorized NOTE Other processes are used by commercial cleaning companies but should only be used after careful consideration The use of water washes with detergent or other cleaning compounds have been
135. eneral Support Maintenance Manual for Care Maintenance Repair and Inspection of Pneumatic Tires and Inner Tubes and end item TM 10 20 operating manuals 3 Retread tires can be used except where restricted in AR 750 1 a Buses will not be operated with retread tires on the front wheels b M911 M916 M920 M915 and M915A1 heavy hauler truck trailer vehicles will not be operated with retread tires on steering axles c Do not use retread tires on any vehicle equipped with a Central Tire Inflation System d Patriot Missile Trailer or any large missile system and its prime mover will not use retread tires e Do not use retread bias ply non directional cross country tires on any vehicle 4 The following is a guide to reading the date of manufacture for off road tires sold by our major suppliers Armstrong Goodyear Bridgestone Firestone Cooper General and Michelin a Each manufacturer with the exception of Michelin has molded a serial number into the sidewall of each tire However there are some differences among them which are noted below 5 2 TM 38 470 b Bridgestone Firestone Bridgestone Firestone serial numbers are normally 9 characters in length and usually begin with a letter often the letter Y The second position of this number indicates the year of manufacture e g serial number Y61234567 would indicate a tire manufactured in 1996 c Goodyear Each Goodyear off road tire has a serial number b
136. engine transmission final drive etc as applicable o gt 6 Every cycle the engine health check is accomplished as specified in the TM s and vehicles are exercised road tested STE M1 1600 and 1800 test are required to be performed at each cycle to verify the operational condition of the Fire Control Fire Suppression systems If the tank fails either one of these tests the vehicle is Not Mission Capable For 1800 test see item 6 page 2 15 TM 9 2350 264 20 2 1 and for 1600 test see item 35 page 2 68 TM 9 2350 264 20 1 1 These test are used to validate the serviceability of these systems Then at the 30 month storage maintenance cycle when a complete PMCS is required the following maintenance actions may be waived SEMI ANNUAL Inspect for metal fragments on the chip detectors M1 unique Clean engine compartment Inspect clean and service the air induction system Inspect the Hull Networks Box for cracks brakes missing hardware and loose electrical cables M1 unique Operate Drivers Night Vision Viewer Ground hop power pack M1 unique Inspect track assembly for conformance to condition code in accordance with applicable vehicle TM Service Main Gun Elevation Mechanism Disk Filter M1 unique Replace hydraulic fluid filters Inspect and clean crosswind sensor M1 unique Inspect Breech Ring Contact Group Check Smoke Grenade Launchers ANNUAL Inspect and replace as necessary plenum to
137. ent brake failure where appropriate Any time a vehicle is removed from storage the brakes will be tested by stopping the vehicle traveling at 15 mph maximum five times During this test visually examine exterior of brake for evidence of leaking fluid 6 Fill fuel tanks with proper grade and type of fuel Take special precautions during fueling to avoid spills and ensure tires exposed to fuel are immediately cleaned 7 Check all refrigeration systems to ensure systems are fully charged in accordance with the applicable technical manuals 8 All fuel with Title 49 see have tanks pressure tested if tankers have been in storage over one year in accordance b 9 Removal of preservative compounds is not required before issue of petroleum tank vehicles Replacement filters will be provided to draw units in addition to new filters currently installed The separator vessel will be stenciled with the month and year put into service 7 2 TM 38 470 b Components previously disassembled removed must be collected and reinstalled Generally the end item shall be activated before components are reinstalled This permits the availability of on board power for checkouts c Issued equipment is subject to the tests and inspection specified in their applicable TMs Of particular concern are the following 1 TOW missile systems The TOW subsystem verification will be performed prior to hand off to the war fighter See TM 9 1425 4
138. epending on the type of device used to draw fuel fppend D provides individual procedures for each different sampling method APS 3 equipment identified for sampling will be selected randomly during the before cycle quality surveillance End of cycle samples should be 90 percent random and 10 percent duplicates taken from the same source during the pre cycle sampling Duplicate samples at the end of cycle will be used to provide data on storage stability of the fuel aboard the ship Duplicate samples will be selected from historical data in AWRDS 5 Determining number of fuel samples to be taken Sampling of equipment must be large enough to provide confidence that the results are representative of the complete vessel but not so large that quality surveillance is cost prohibitive Activities responsible for taking samples must determine the proper number of samples based on the q and type of rolling stock on board Equipment should be grouped into five different categories as ou d in Total quantities are calculated using the AWRDS Inventory Report Refer to Steps 1 2 outlined i determine the quantity of samples required for each category of equipment 6 Land based APS sample scheduling a Equipment sampling should be performed during the COSIS exercise required i h Chapter papier h Section III Frequency of sampling however will be performed in accordance wit Table 3 1 Table 3 1 Refer to ei 3 4 to determine the type of sample required
139. equipment supply class VII items in a non CH environment shall be packaged in accordance with Preservation Packaging Packing and Marking Plans Special Packaging Instructions or unique NSN specific requirements tailored to the storage site and mission needs These instructions shall be obtained from TACOM War Reserve Office AMSTA LC CIPRW Warren MI 48397 5000 DSN 786 6571 a Miscellaneous vehicle components 1 CH and Non CH Storage a All exterior unpainted surfaces including steering assemblies tie rods adjusting rods springs pintle assemblies fifth wheel plates kingpins trailer landing gear stabilizing jacks and drawbar surfaces exposed by disassembly will be coated with MIL PRF 16173 GR 4 preservative or MIL PRF 10924 as appropriate Winch cables will be coated with MIL PRF 16173 GR 1 for non CH storage For CH storage coat winch cables with MIL PRF 10924 or MIL PRF 18458 Surfaces or areas that require lubrication per the TM do not require additional protection b All exposed oil lubrication points such as but not limited to levers locking bars strikers hinges hinge pins locking pins pintle pins locking levers wing nuts linkage and threaded ends of yokes and related clevis pins will be lubricated with oil conforming to MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 MIL PRF 32033 or COTS approved preservatives sed paragraph 5 7b Working mechanism of padlocks latches door locks hand operated locking knobs and other
140. equipment can be placed in service by removal of barrier materials and tapes In most cases contact preservatives need not be removed The major deprocessing effort will be in activation and purging of preserved engines and fuel and gun systems 1 Vehicles may have preservative oil in the fuel system and engine combustion chambers The presence of this oil sometimes makes starting difficult Preserved gasoline fired engines can be started more easily and quickly if a supply of fresh fuel is connected directly to the fuel inlet side of the carburetor If crankcase contains preservative oil MIL PRF 21260 of the proper type and grade the oil need not be drained 2 Weapon systems will be deprocessed by the removal of preservation materials from the breech and muzzle ends and the VCI tube from the barrel The barrel may be cleaned by light swabbing if desired 3 MIL C 10382 P 14 preservative compound applied to potable water tanker s internal tanks piping and or faucets will be removed by flushing with hot water 160 degrees F or with steam before filling with potable water NOTE Do not retain these materials for reuse 4 Vehicles requiring replacement batteries or stored without batteries will have batteries installed CAUTION Improperly connected batteries can damage vehicle electrical systems Reversed polarity positive to negative can damage alternator 5 Dismount installed air spring brake chamber storage brackets to prev
141. equired to monitor and maintain liquid fuels packaged petroleum and chemical specialty products Quality surveillance of Class III items in this plan includes fuel in equipment fuel tanks fuel cells and tank vehicle bulk storage compartments bulk issuing storage tanks and also packaged products stored in containers Product deterioration could cause such problems as filter plugging nozzle sticking fouling transfer pump plugging microbiological growth fuel starvation corrosion of fuel wetted surfaces and could seriously affect operational readiness of prepositioned rolling stock This plan is intended to ensure that Class III products are properly monitored and maintained in a state of combat readiness b This plan provides general guidance for implementing Army prepositioned petroleum quality surveillance Q S procedures for liquid fuels packaged petroleum and chemical specialty products c Responsibilities for APS Petroleum Quality Surveillance are as follows 1 AMC is responsible for ensuring an adequate Class III quality surveillance program is maintained within the Command 2 AFSC Combat Equipment Group Battalion is responsible for a Coordinating implementation of the quality surveillance program and monitoring contract compliance 3 9 TM 38 470 DA FORM 1804 1 NOV S7 PETROLEUM SAMPLE pIE M 10 11 m E FORRI REPLACES EDITION OF 1 DEC 62 WHICH IS OBSOLI REVERSE SIDE DA FORM
142. er NAS833 OR NAS836 caps or ASTM D5486 Type IV tape will cover dummy couplings Place warning tag on any brake valve left open to ensure valve is closed prior to use m Tarpaulins 1 Non CH Storage Tarpaulins such as soft top cab grill cover cargo body cover etc requiring repair and treating will be removed repaired and treated as necessary Tarpaulins will be stored in covered storage 2 CH storage Above applies except that tarpaulins may be installed on equipment n Air compressors Where the lubricating system is separate from the associated power unit the air compressor crankcase will contain preservative oil conforming to MIL PRF 21260 PE 15 40 as specified in the LO filled to operating level Compressor air outlet will be disconnected Compressor equipment with air cleaner will have the cleaners removed and processed as specified in paragraph i above Compressors equipped with air strainers will have the strainers removed and coated with MIL PRF 21260 preservative oil While compressor is being operated during engine preservation see paragraphs f and g above as applicable one half ounce of the same grade of preservative oil will be atomized and sprayed into compressor air intake until oil appears at outlet Air outlet will be reconnected and air cleaner or air strainer reinstalled 5 13 TM 38 470 o Cabs 1 Non CH Storage Door hinges latches and operating mechanisms will be lubricated with MIL PRF 21260 g
143. ers can go between hydrostatic retests However these test intervals only apply to cylinders that are being recharged They do not apply to fully charged cylinders Therefore no fully charged and installed cylinder need be removed from a vehicle for hydrostatic retest even if the retest interval has expired unless it does not pass the visual inspection requirements detailed in the respective weapon system TM If the retest interval has expired and the cylinder has been completely or partially discharged then the cylinder must be hydrostatic tested before the cylinder is recharged b Portable cylinders e g hand held The standard hydrostatic retest interval for compressed gas cylinders is every five 5 years This applies to fully charged extinguishers as well as those being prepared for recharge This is applicable to DOT 3A 3AA or 3AL cylinders containing carbon dioxide CO2 used in weapon systems However if the extinguishers contain dry powder Halon or a hydro fluorocarbon HFC agent the hydrostatic test interval for these cylinders is only every twelve 12 years Likewise the hydrostatic retest interval for DOT 3A 3AA and 3AL cylinders containing chlorofluorocarbon CFC used in weapon system air conditioning or refrigeration systems is every five 5 years Portable fire extinguisher must undergo hydrostatic retest when the retest interval expires c Disposable portable fire extinguishers such as the Halon 1301 handheld in we
144. esh water flush Applicable to the Design 3006 Tugs Flight III While the vessel s power systems are still operational early on in the preservation evolution the system shall be operated per posted instruction that is flushing and pumping the collecting tank into the holding tank then flushing the holding tank into a shore sewage receptacle leaving both the collecting and holding tanks empty and ready for service The grinder pumps shall be drained and filled with MIL PRF 21260 PE 15 40 preservative oil b CHT systems with mineral oil flush medium Applicable to the Design 264B Modified cranes While the vessel s power systems are still operational flush the commode with the oil pressure pump switch off to relieve the system pressure Pump the collecting tank into the holding tank Pump the holding tank to a shore sewage receptacle leaving both the collecting and holding tanks ready for service The oil pressure pump does not require preservation 5 40 TM 38 470 18 Heating boilers a Water sides and systems shall be drained and thoroughly dried with dry compressed air Drain plugs will be removed and lines disassembled sufficiently to effect complete draining of water After drying plugs will be attached to the boiler in a suitable storage receptacle Lines will be reassembled to ensure that the boiler is left in a ready for service condition b Fire sides Fire sides of the boilers shall be cleaned closed and left in a ready
145. ess wall 6 LG x 3 as appropriate 1 Humidity indicator MIL I 26860 type Il plug and retainer NSN w multi spot insert 6685 00 61 8 1822 40z Adhesive MMM A 260 9 Close and secure the shelter door and seal with tape 10 Inspect at 30 day intervals for condition r Shelter Mounted Environmental Control Units The Environmental Control Unit ECU in each shelter requires no special preparation for storage The unit should be turned off but the refrigerant gases need not be purged prior to the shelter s being placed into storage 2 CH storage Prepare shelters for storage as outlined in paragraph b 1 above except as follows All louvers vents etc will be opened to allow free circulation of air within shelters IN Doors openings etc will not be taped lo Desiccator s breather assembly will not be required Is Overflow items will be placed in a suitable container to prevent damage and stored in the same location as the shelter c Shop vans and semi trailers containing electronic equipment Prepare vans and semi trailers for storage as outlined in paragraph b above d Radar set mobile Prepare radar set for storage as outlined in paragraph b above and as follows 1 Non CH storage a Prepare radar set for storage as outlined in paragraph b 1 above and as follows Place proper amount of MIL D 3464 desiccant in drawers of each radar set section ine Seal section drawers with AST
146. ested Ensure a capability to purge 100 percent of the residual water is available Add a small quantity of environmentally safe anti freeze after purging the system 5 Medical equipment containing critical rubber components will have 100 percent of the items inspected for cracking flaking and blooming 6 Any defective medical equipment will be repaired on site or replaced 7 4 TM 38 470 CHAPTER 8 RECORDS AND REPORTING SECTION I GENERAL 8 1 Requirements and recommendations a The requirement for records of many types has been specified throughout this manual For the purpose of emphasis record requirements are reiterated in this chapter In a limited number of cases this manual specifies dual use of forms In those instances where no existing form is available local development of a form is recommended b APS projects are subject to many record and reporting requirements pertaining to inventory status financial reporting QA and so forth Nothing in this manual is intended to alter or waive regulatory reporting requirements c Actions and procedures required to conform with regulatory equipment records will be planned on the basis of what is most efficient for the available resources and what system will provide the greatest assurance of accurate timely entry of required data d It is recommended that each site or vessel have a weatherproof room where equipment records can be maintained in an orderly and secure manne
147. etal 15 3 8 dia ASTM F1267 type ll class 3 4 No 16 1 Steel tubing 92 seamless ASTM A 512 513 wall 3 LG x 3 OD 519 or as appropriate 1 Tubing flexible 6 3 LG Local purchase 2 Clamps for flexible tubing local with 3 ID purchase 1 RO Pressure sensitive tape 2 W ASTM D5486 type As req d Desiccant 16 unit bag MILD 3464 As req d Desiccant bulk MIL D 3716 type HI sieve mesh Nos 6 to 12 grade H 5 23 TM 38 470 6 Breather assembly fabrication will be performed as follows a Cut a 3 inch hole in the wall of the drum just above the bottom chime Insert a 3 inch OD steel tube until its entire circumference can be welded to the drum wall b spot weld wire cloth to the expanded metal and position in the drum so the expanded metal will support the wire cloth Spot weld wire cloth and expanded metal to the wall of the drum at 12 equally spaced points just above the 3 inch steel tube c connect end of the flexible tube to the 3 inch steel tube in the wall of drum and secure with retainer clamp and d cut a 3 inch hole in the center of the drum cover 7 Adapter panel materials are listed in table 5 4 8 Place door padlock and keys in a bag Attach and secure bag in a location readily accessible on opening of shelter doors Table 5 4 Adapter Panel Materials Quantity Material Specification 1 Steel plate cold rolled Fabricate locally 12 x 12 x1 16 1 Steel tubing 092 ASTM A512 513 519 or seaml
148. f Planning requires written handoff procedures which include the following a A location record for all equipment that can be issued and personnel thoroughly familiar with the locator system b A flow chart to route equipment to servicing work and staging areas within the minimum amount of time c Inspection and inventory checkpoints to ensure that planned actions are accomplished d MHE tools special equipment and instrumentation for test and calibration e Fully charged and activated batteries Class IX such as fan belts tires inner tubes checked for serviceability f Trained personnel to assemble test and assure operational readiness 7 1 TM 38 470 g Equipment fuel supplies and operators for fueling point h A staging area for assembling and releasing equipment i Joint inventory of materiel between losing and gaining organizations j Procedures for transfer of accountability A series of scan points depending on the hand off operations will be established to track accountability NOTE No AOAP sampling or calibration of equipment will be performed on APS 3 materiel during hand off unless directed by the gaining commander SECTION IV ACTIVATION AND DEPROCESSING 7 4 Issue precedents a Equipment removed from non CH storage or container vessels will in most cases require more deprocessing time even though the preservation proceedings herein have been designed to require minimum deprocessing time Generally the
149. f crocus cloth Rust black or white corrosion accom panied singularly or in combination with etching pitting or more extensive sur face damage Loose or granular condition Clean by any appli cable process Touch up with paint as originally applied Clean exercise and reprocess Exercise and re process This condition would have minor effect on fit or wear of paint or component but would permit use without reprocess Does not apply to such items as instruments elec trical or manual and critical surfaces that are necessary to effect a seal against pressurized liquids Rust black or white corrosion progressed to the point where fit wear function life of the item have been affected Powdered or scaly condition with pits or irregular areas of material removed from surface of item Clean by any appli cable process Touch up with paint as originally applied Replace or rework parts and components involved Replace or rework and components involved This condition will require action as indicated 6 8 TABLE 6 1 STAGES OF CORROSION Table 6 2 Non Cyclic Maintenance Exercising Guide TM 38 470 TYPE STORAGE SYSTEM NON CH CH SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE All Vehicles 30 days 30 days Visual Inspection 6 2 a 180 days 180 days When wet batteries are installed in vehicles star
150. f supply which is determined through an evaluation of technical test data and or actual experience to be an item with a definite non extendable period of shelf life 2 Type Il An item of supply having an assigned shelf life time period that may be extended after completion of inspection test or restorative action 1 2 TM 38 470 m Visual inspection Visual examination of materiel in the storage location without disassembly use of measurement devices or performance testing n Large Medium Speed Roll on roll off LSMR vessels These vessels are designed as primary vehicle transports Cargoes include wheeled tracked self propelled and towed vehicles and equipment Rapid cargo loading and discharge operations characterize these vessels This is accomplished by using a series of external and internal ramps and cargo operations o Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services PMCS Care servicing inspection detection and correction of minor faults before these faults cause serious damage failure or injury Requirements are found in 10 and 20 equipment TMs and Lubrication Orders LO p Download The discharge of prepositioned equipment q TM 10 20 Maintenance Standard The condition of equipment when 1 The equipment is fully mission capable FMC 2 All faults are identified using the items to check column of the applicable TM 10 series and TM 20 series PMCS table and a Corrective actions that are authorized
151. fication requirements for ground mobility fuel in APS rolling stock Gravity API 60 F Min Appearance Visual Color Visual Water Content Vol Visual Fuel System Icing Inhibitor vol Distillation C IBP 10 Rec Max 50 Rec 90 Rec Max Final Boiling Point Residue Flash Point C Min Cloud Point C Max Particulate Matter mg L Max 37 0 Report Report None 0 05 0 20 Report 205 Report 338 370 3 0 38 15 10 TM 38 470 Indicates specification testing requirements modified on fuel used for ground mobility purposes only SAMPLE DATE SAMPLED SAMPLE TYPE OF NUMBER SAMPLED BY SOURCE SAMPLE RESULTS REMARKS 96 001 15 Apr 96 Mr Smith M 1 D10359 Smoke OG Gen Left Rear 96002 15 Apr 96 Mr Jones M 113 Bottom NSFU R R fuel tank 22502MU Rear Right Cleaned and Resampled 96 029 96 054 15 Oct 97 Mr Smith USAU0642886 3QTs SFU NSN 9150 01 191 2272 MIL PRF 2104 LOT P 2100 RESULTS OG ON GRADE SFU SUITABLE FOR USE NSFU NOT SUITABLE FOR USE Figure 3 2 Petroleum Sampling Log 7 Identification of Samples DA Form 1804 Petroleum Sample Tag must be completed for each sample taken and should be attached to the sample container Sample tags must be filled out completely to ensure proper laboratory testing and documentation 3 13 TM 38 470 NOTE Submitting activities should ensure that the sample tag is as complete as pos
152. for service condition c Oil burners Pot and atomizing type oil burners will be removed drained cleaned dried and reinstalled in a ready for service condition No other preservation required 19 Valves a Weather exposed valves Valves will be turned to a fully open position The stems will be coated with MIL PRF 16173 grade 2 preservative and then closed Unpainted ferrous metal surfaces remaining exposed will be coated with MIL PRF 16173 grade 1 preservative b Sea valves and overboard discharge valves will be secured in a closed position with wire to prevent accidental opening Sea strainers baskets will be cleaned and left in place with covers installed and secured ready for service c Other valves within compartments valves will be left in an open position unless preservation procedure configuration dictates otherwise in which case the valve valves would be closed For example The fuel oil day tanks supply valves shall remain closed until such time as the craft is activated 20 Capstans winches and windlasses The above deck portions of capstans winches and windlasses such as exposed gears and pinions will be preserved per this paragraph Gear boxes enclosed gears and brake drums will also be preserved per this paragraph All exposed ferrous metal surfaces of shafts linkages and threaded adjustments shall be coated with MIL PRF 161 73 grade 1 preservative Herculite covers shall be installed for protection from
153. forming to ASTM D5118 W6c style optional before packing is accomplished The components shall be blocked braced and cushioned within the box The theodolite shall be completely isolated from the box sides ends top and bottom 2 CH storage The survey theodolite requirement will be the same as for non CH storage except the boxes shall conform to ASTM D6251 domestic type q Shop vans and non ISO shelters 1 Non CH storage a Inventory and order replace missing or damaged items b Secure tools and equipment in drawers cases or appropriate racks in their ship van and cushion as necessary to prevent damage Place remaining tools and equipment in fiberboard boxes ASTM D5118 class weather resistant and cushion to prevent damage Block and brace boxes to prevent movement within a van or shelter c Cover electrical connectors with approved caps or cover with MIL PRF 121 grade A class 1 barrier material secured with ASTM D5486 type IV tape d Seal technical manuals in water vapor proof plastic bags and store in designated receptacles or ASTM D5118 class weather resistant fiberboard boxes e Coat bare metal surfaces with MIL PRF 21260 PE 15 40 preservative oil f Install a desiccator s breather assembly see Para 5 IIb I q g Close secure and seal door with tape conforming to ASTM D5486 type IV tape h Close and lock doors Wrap padlocks with MIL PRF 121 grade A class 1 barrier material secured with AST
154. g the engine will be cooled to assure that the cylinder head temperature measured at injector nozzle flange surface of all cylinders is not more than 100 degrees F When ambient temperature exceeds 100 degrees F the engine will be cooled to a temperature equivalent to the ambient After the engine has been cooled the fuel supply system from the fuel tank shall be shut off and the fuel tank and lines up to shut off valve drained and flushed with preservative oil The fuel system and combustion chamber will be processed in an uninterrupted manner a Fuel System A portable container or a supply line shall be positioned to provide preservative oil to the engine The engine fuel supply line shall be disconnected at the most convenient point nearest the fuel tank anda 5 17 TM 38 470 flexible line containing the preservative oil supply connected to the disconnected fuel supply line leading to the engine Drain diesel fuel from the fuel filters and fill with preservative oil The engine shall be started and operated at fast idle until running smoothly but for not more than 4 minutes Accelerate to 1 2 throttle and run for 3 minutes and then shutdown by conventional methods b Combustion Chamber Processing The engine shall be cooled to 100 degrees F see above After the engine has been cooled an air restrictor plate shall be installed at the nearest and most convenient place to cut off the air supply to the engine With the fuel system filled wi
155. gine is cranked with the starting motor preservative oil conforming to MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 10 shall be atomized sprayed through each spark plug opening into the combustion chamber with low air pressure maximum 25 PSI The amount of oil sprayed into the combustion chamber will be one half ounce per cylinder for piston displacement up to 25 cubic inches 1 ounce up to 50 cubic inches 1 1 2 ounces up to 75 cubic inches and 2 ounces over 75 cubic inches After completion of the above and without cranking the engine the amount of oil specified above will be atomized and sprayed into each combustion chamber The spark plugs will be cleaned with a wire brush to ensure electrode tip is carbon or corrosion free regaped and installed Equipment shown in figures 3 and 4 of MIL STD 3003 is satisfactory for engine preservation Fuel filters and sediment bowls will be drained Carburetor float bowls equipped with drain plugs will also be drained TM 38 470 CAUTION Special precautions will be taken to ensure that the amount of oil specified above will not result in a hydrostatic lock Prior to processing additional engines the first engine will be processed as specified above and allowed to stand 12 hours The engine will then be manually rotated or rotated by the starter if manual turning is not possible to ensure that the amount of oil sprayed into combustion chambers allows free rotation of the engine g APUs generators and other small diesel engi
156. gravel fill etc q All sulfuric acid electrolyte in one gallon plastic bottles needed to fill dry batteries for operational projects ground support equipment or that has not been previously identified will be swapped out during every maintenance cycle No replacement sulfuric acid containers will be loaded aboard the vessel if before the next maintenance cycle the packaging could become more than 5 years old from the date of manufacture r Dry lead acid batteries with sulfuric acid electrolyte in an overpack will be swapped out during every maintenance cycle s Replacement of extractor parts for the M249 gun per TM 9 1005 201 23 amp P is not required if the gun has not been fired in the last three years t RF tag lithium batteries will be replaced when interrogator indicates low battery SECTION V MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS FOR WATERCRAFT 3 5 Functions a Watercraft will require testing sea trial marine condition survey and dry docking where practicable Each item of watercraft will be repaired to 10 20 maintenance standards full mission capability dependent upon current TM availability Other end items will be repaired to TM 10 20 maintenance standards Exercising will be accomplished during this maintenance period b APS watercraft and associated secondary items BII COEI OBSL etc will be scheduled for cyclic maintenance and represervation every 36 months c Maintenance functions for watercraft during the main
157. he female end of the Seal Seal will automatically lock when the male end is fully seated Figure 2 below The DNV is now considered ready for shipment e To access the DNV following shipment of the tank cut the Antipilferage Seal that has been looped through the back and cover of the DNV stowage box aa Vehicle air conditioning systems 1 Non CH Storage All refrigeration systems will have charge reduced to 1 4 charge and systems checked for leaks and exercised every 180 days 2 CH Storage land based sites All refrigeration systems will be purged and filled with nitrogen and tagged that the equipment is not in an operational state and must be purged of nitrogen pressure tested and recharged This must be accomplished every maintenance cycle as part of the PMCS and exercise requirement 3 CH Storage afloat All refrigeration systems will be maintained fully charged and exercised every 180 days as part of the exercising SECTION X WEAPONS 5 10 Detailed preservation requirements a Cannon gun and howitzer vehicle mounted or towed 1 Non CH Storage The unpainted cannon surfaces including breech mechanism and machine surfaces underneath the bore evacuator will be thoroughly cleaned with MIL PRF 372 bore cleaner and subsequently cleaned with MIL PRF 680 Type III petroleum solvent The painted surfaces will be cleaned by wiping with clean dry rags Immediately after cleaning the bore chamber and machine finished
158. he preservative from contacting lenses mirrors instrument finishes or nonmetallic surfaces Surfaces to which the preservative is applied shall be wrapped or covered with barrier material conforming to MIL PRF 121 Type Il grade A class 2 and the wrap or cover shall be secured with tape conforming to ASTM D5486 b Each battery and lighting accessory case with all accessories contained within the case shall be preserved by method 10 The container shall be a box conforming to ASTM D5118 W5c W6c or V3c The box shall be waterproof sealed with tape in accordance with ASTM D1974 method V closure c Each tribach with optical plummet and base plate and technical publications shall be preserved in accordance with MIL STD 2073 1 method 42 The inner container shall be the carrying case The outer container shall be a close fitting box class domestic SW grade 125 conforming to ASTM D51 18 d Target sets preserved as specified above shall be packed in close fitting boxes conforming to ASTM D6251 overseas type style optional Strapping shall conform to ASTM D3953 class or IV 2 CH storage The target set requirement will be the same as for non CH storage except that boxes shall be domestic type and strapping shall be finish A o Survey set artillery fire control 1 Non CH storage a The preservation for the survey set shall be as follows Cleaning and drying shall be in accordance with MIL STD 2073 1 Preservative shall not c
159. he same as for non CH storage except the boxes shall be domestic type and strapping need not be zinc coated p Theodolite survey 1 Non CH storage a The preservation for the survey theodolite shall be as follows The rigid metal hermetically sealed case with the desiccant inside shall not require additional preservation except that when a transport case is furnished the theodolite shall be placed in the transport case b If the case is not hermetically sealed each case containing the theodolite tools accessories and technical publications shall be preserved in accordance with MIL STD 2073 1 method 52 using the case as the inner container and a close fitting box conforming to ASTM D5118 V3c style optional as the outer container The box shall be waterproof sealed with tape in accordance with ASTM D1974 method V closure c Each battery and lighting accessory case with all accessories contained within the case shall be preserved by method 10 The container shall be a box conforming to ASTM D5118 W5c W6c or V3c as applicable to the weight of the case style optional The box shall be waterproof sealed with tape in accordance with ASTM D1974 method V closure d Each theodolite with accessories as specified shall be packed in a close fitting box conforming to ASTM D6251 overseas type style A or B Accessories to be packed with the theodolite that are preserved method 33 shall be consolidated packaged in a close fitting box con
160. hief Team Chief 1Team Chief Team Chief Med Maint Chief Med Maint Chief Med Maint Chief Med Maint Chief Med Maint Tech 3 Med Maint Tech 3 MFT Contractor 1 MFT Contractors 5 MFT Contractors 5 Figure K 1 MLST Organizational Structure MFT Contractor 1 By Order of the Secretary of the Army Official SANDRA R RILEY Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 0432302 PETER J SCHOOMAKER General United States Army Chief of Staff TM 38 470 Le Part Il reverse for Repair Parts ard Specid Tad RECOIVIVIENDED CHANGES TOPUBLI CATI ONS AND line PFET eruteiacly Oe aia BLANK FORMS DOM ENE E Fo uad ti om m0 AR 2530 topgout apreyc OVGA TO Fovadtoppomt d pbliatina tam irdudzZiP Cob FROM Activity ard location indue ZIP Cocky PART ALL PUBU CATIONS EXCEPT RPSTLAND SCS M AND BLANK FORMS aya yy ea Ee ier Ee ed rere NO Refeervetoline rurters within the paag aho shpragagh TYPED NAIVE GRACE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXOHANGEALTOVCN PLLB SGVATLAE EXTENSION DAFORM 2028 FEB 74 FEFLACESDAFORM 2028 1 ORC68 VWHCHVVLL BELBED USAGI PIN 079099 000 This fine document Was brought to you by me Liberated Manuals free army and government manuals Why do I do it I am tired of sleazy CD ROM sellers who take publicly available information slap watermarks and other junk on it and sell it Those masters of search engine manipulation make sure that their sites that sell
161. hut with ASTM D5486 tape o Spare and repair parts Not authorized for non CH storage All spares repair parts shall be stored in their original packaging Smaller items 5 lbs or less unit packed as specified shall be consolidated in fiberboard boxes to prevent loss damage or theft SECTION XII SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NOTE Uploading or partial uploading is authorized however unpacking and depreserving equipment for storage shall not delay or cause an undo burden upon storage personnel during handoff 5 12 Detailed preservation requirements a Mine Detecting Set 1 Non CH storage a The preservation for the mine detecting set shall be as follows Components comprising a complete detecting set shall be placed within the case as provided for The case shall be closed and secured by the attached clasps A minimum of two tamperproof seals shall be attached to the clasps in a manner that the case cannot be opened without destroying the seals b Each mine detecting set shall be individually packed in a close fitting box conforming to ASTM D6251 overseas type style optional Blocking and cushioning shall be used as necessary to prevent movement of contents within the shipping container 2 CH storage The mine detecting set requirement will be the same as for non CH storage except each detecting set shall be individually packed in a close fitting box conforming to ASTM D5118 Closure shall be in accordance with ASTM D1974 The packed de
162. iagnostic baseline Run complete TWUD for ECS ICC Radiate in K7 for a minimum of 6 hours with at least two hours in TBM Verify correct RS TWPS operation Load Test EPP EPU and 15kW generators for 4 hours at 100 load Verify shelter AC Heater proper operation Verify MCPE function Erect both AMG Masts to maximum height and verify antenna positioner limits and function Verify IFF operational interface Verify no leaks in glycol system and proper resistivity 6 3 c 3 a 365 days Perform System Integration and Checkout SICO procedures 6 10 TM 38 470 CHAPTER 7 ISSUE FROM STORAGE PHASE III SECTION I POLICY 7 1 Policy Before equipment is handed off to a using unit all necessary PMCS will be performed in accordance with operator s requirements outlined in the equipment s TM 10 20 manuals SECTION Il GENERAL 7 2 Requirements a There are three possible reasons to issue unload APS materiel and supplies specifically these are cyclic maintenance contingency and training exercises It is essential that during cyclic maintenance all serviceability checks and services are performed prior to preservation and placement of equipment back in storage If failures are detected and cannot be repaired the equipment should be replaced The replacement must meet the established TM 10 20 maintenance standards During contingency hand offs and training exercises crew level checks
163. ibed readiness status maintenance will in the majority of cases only be accomplished at the end of the storage cycle Certain materials may age out or components fail during test or exercises and because of this maintenance skills and resources above the organizational level must be accessible Maintenance is also required to accomplish essential modifications as the need arises A combination of cyclic maintenance 30 day visual surveillance special exercising requirements and dehumidified storage is designed to ensure that equipment meets all operational requirements for reporting operational readiness in accordance with AR 220 1 d For watercraft the COSIS program will ensure the exterior surfaces and deck mounted equipment are maintained in good condition All watercraft will be sealed and dehumidified with the relative humidity set at 40 10 External inspection will occur on a monthly basis to include removal of all Herculite covers for protected equipment inspection Following inspection covers will be replaced and secured All signs of DH sealing leaks or corrosion will be annotated and corrective action undertaken Internal inspection on wet stored vessels will occur on a monthly basis All ingress of water will be annotated and corrective action undertaken DH seals will be inspected and corrected where necessary LCU2000 bow thruster drive shafts and main propulsion shafts will be rotated at least 2 75 revolutions leaving the shaft 90
164. ible point A portable container with two compartments shall be connected to the fuel intake line One compartment shall contain fuel conforming to A A 52557 and the other shall contain MIL PRF 21260 Grade PE 15 40 preservative oil The fuel injector return line shall be disconnected at an accessible point and arranged for drainage into a recovery container The air inlet shall be disconnected at the point nearest the intake manifold or turbo as applicable Engine shall be started and operated at fast idle until thoroughly warm The engine shall be accelerated to 3 4 speed at which time the fuel supply shall be switched to portable container containing MIL PRF 21260 Grade PE15 40 preservative oil The engine shall be operated at this speed until the undiluted preservative oil is flowing out of the fuel injector return line into the recovery container Two minutes prior to engine shutoff begin atomize spraying oil conforming to the crankcase grade of MIL PRF 21260 specification preservation oil in through the open intake manifold After 2 minutes of operation shut off the engine When the engine has completely stopped turn off the atomize spray of oil directed into the intake manifold When the engine has cooled to an acceptable temperature seal all openings with waterproof tape Tag the engine as having been preserved 3 Cooling systems All engine fresh water cooling systems will be drained and refilled at the beginning of each preservation cycle wi
165. ication Technology AIT Management Placement of Radio Frequency Tags on U S Army Prepositioned Stocks TB 9 1000 234 13 Exercising of Recoil Mechanisms and Equilibrators TB 9 1300 278 Guidelines for Safe Response to Handling Storage and Transportation Accidents Involving Army Tank Munitions or Armor Which Contain Depleted Uranium TB 43 011 dentification of Radioactive Items in the Army TB 43 013 Battery Disposition and Disposal TB 43 013 Environmentally Safe Substances for Use With Communications Electronics Equipment TB 43 013 ransportation Information for CECOM Radioactive Commodities TB 43 180 Calibration and Repair Requirements for the Maintenance of Army Materiel TB 43 014 afety Inspection and Testing of Lifting Devices TB 43 0144 Painting of Watercraft TB 43 019 nstruction for Safe Handling Maintenance Storage and Disposal of Radioactive Items Licensed by US Army Armament and Chemical Acquisition and Logistics Activity TB 43 0212 Purging Cleaning and Coating Interior Ferrous and Terne Sheet Vehicle Fuel Tanks TB 43 021 orrosion Prevention and Control Including Rust proofing Procedures For Tactical Vehicles and Trailers TB 43 021 afety and Hazard Warnings for Operation and Maintenance of TACOM Equipment A 7 TM 38 470 TB 43 0242 ARC Spot Painting TB 43 0255 Disposition Disposal Information for CECOM Radioactive Commodities TB 750 25 Maintenance of Supplies and Equipment Army Test Measure
166. ication Class III P items 3 U S Army Petroleum Center USAPC is responsible for a Monitoring analysis results of Supply Class III products submitted b Providing test results and disposition guidance to AFSC Combat Equipment Groups Battalions and designated Government activities c Providing training and technical assistance on matters relating to the quality Supply Class III surveillance program d Providing recommended action to the responsible engineering support activity on changes to Supply Class III P military performance specifications which affect usability of APS stocks 4 AFSC Materiel Management Center Material Management Team is responsible for a Asset Management of Wholesale Supply Class III P war reserve stocks excluding fuel in tankers 3 10 TM 38 470 b Coordinating action to upgrade Supply Class III P items with updated military performance specification requirements for all prepositioned package petroleum products c Coordinating Supply Class III P samplings schedules d Coordinating movement of Supply Class III P to APS 3 storage and for disposition when moved from APS 3 storage due to off specification condition d Safety 1 Sampling Personnel responsible for sampling must ensure safety precautions are observed to prevent accidents or possible injury The following safety precautions should be followed when sampling petroleum products a No Smoking Strictly enf
167. iel that requires maintenance is beyond the repair capabilities of the installation Materiel that is less than Army maintenance standard will not be prepositioned unless authorized by Headquarters DA and AMC and the U S Army Component of the Combatant Commander Materiel that is awaiting repair or disposition will be placed in CH storage if space permits to preclude deterioration Equipment received without service records will be inspected and serviced in accordance with Army maintenance standards and this manual f Even though reaction time is critical to the success of APS inventory control and compliance with security regulations may require certain equipment to be separated from the end item In such cases standard storage requirements apply except for the additional requirement that the segregated equipment be identified with the appropriate unit set code The Army organization or activity responsible for issuing the equipment will have the stow storage and issue plans which allow for quick issue of such equipment Also the contractor shipboard COSIS team will have a copy of the stow plan to facilitate surveillance inspections and exercising requirements AMC created the Logistics Support Element LSE to address the requirement for a unit that could be tailored to provide Reception Staging On ward Movement and Integration RSO amp l support as outlined in FM 100 17 1 2 3 Personnel from various Army materiel commands staff the LSE to includ
168. ification and safe handling procedures for the commonly used cylinders It is planned for this document to be periodically updated Because proper procedures are essential to the safe decommissioning of Halon systems the potential risks associated with decommissioning to describe the Halon system configurations that might be encountered in the field or reclamation facilities and to provide safe decommissioning guidelines General as well as specific procedures for properly handing and operating the major Halon bank operators Halon recyclers and Halon service professionals are also provided The guide is available electronically to the public on the web by accessing the Defense Environmental Network and Information Exchange DENIX at https Awww denix osd mil and retrieving the document Moving Towards a World Without Halon Volume 2 Safety Guide for Decommissioning Halon Systems Or use the following web address https www denix osd mil denix Public News DLA Halon hal1 html ODS turn in and requisitioning guidance is provided as Appendices B and C to this retrospective For special concerns involving ODS turn in and requisition guidance contact the Reserve Policy Office at 804 279 5203 4525 or DSN 695 5203 4525 3 Fuel Filtration Additive Unit a The U S Army has designed and fabricated a mobile system capable of cleaning hydrocarbon fuels and injecting additives where necessary The system designated the Fuel Filtration Additive
169. igns which may be mistaken for failed seals Road wheels of tracked vehicles lubricated with oil frequency disclose oil seepage around hub gasket on the side of the vehicle exposed to the sun When this condition is present and shady side does not show leakage replace lost lubricant 5 Vehicle mounted auxiliary and ancillary components such as winches pumps engines hoists generators etc will be functionally tested every maintenance cycle Cables e g winches and wrecker hoists will be unwound and examined for crushed sections and broken strands The only approved exceptions to this are that it is not practical to run tar through the asphalt spreader and concrete through concrete cement mixers to check the operation of the equipment These type of operations will be waived through the waiver process see Chapter 1 c Tank automotive vehicles power driven equipment 6 4 TM 38 470 1 Afloat Each self propelled vehicle in CH storage aboard vessels will be started and exercised every six months during the afloat period Engines will be allowed to operate until they reach normal operating temperature minimum of 20 minutes With the transfer case in neutral where appropriate the transmissions must be manually run through all gearshift ranges All vehicles will be activated to the extent necessary to power up all systems and subsystems and perform limited technical inspections LTIs serviceability visual inspections and tests and the
170. iling the Clear and Bright Rating as determined by ASTM D4176 or D4860 will be tested for the presence of microbial contamination 2 Supply Class III P testing Packaged Supply Class III samples will be tested at the B 2 level IAW MIL STD 3004 APS and depot stocks tested under the DoD Directive 4140 27M which fail shelf life testing and are of the same as a lot batch in APS 3 storage should be considered failures for APS 3 stock also 3 Results reporting Sample test data will be recorded on USAPC FL 701 E Petroleum Laboratory Analysis Report or equivalent form for each sample submitted Analysis reports will be provided to the designated Government representative of the submitting activity Test results for liquid fuels will be maintained by the USAPC a minimum of 3 years i Corrective action for failed samples 1 Random failures The USAPC will provide disposition guidance and recommended corrective action for random sample failures to the responsible designated government representative 2 Systemic failures In addition to normal reporting requirements the USAPC will report sample test results on systemic failures immediately to HQ AMC SECTION IV CYCLIC MAINTENANCE 3 4 Overview a A complete unit set will be scheduled through maintenance on a cyclic basis A unit set includes all equipment of a UIC as listed on the APS authorization document b CEG CEB commanders will program the annual workload for each APS site or vessels
171. ill be lifted on the syncrolift and high pressure water blasted to clean the hulls of wet stored vessels each six months to prevent excessive marine growth accumulation with the exception of the 115tn floating crane where diver services will be obtained procured to clean the hull each six months to prevent excessive marine growth accumulation 6 1 TM 38 470 SECTION Il SURVEILLANCE INSPECTION 6 2 Overview a A materiel surveillance program should be administered to maintain an effective COSIS program Visual inspections are to be simple and unencumbered by disassembly actions or other time consuming requirements DA Form 2404 will be used to record faults The primary purpose of the inspection is early detection of deficiencies that may be indicative of more serious problems or that may lead to more serious problems if undetected or not corrected Visual inspection of each item in storage is required at least every 30 days 1 If tires are flat they should be repaired immediately If this is impossible flats will be noted on the inspection report and repaired at the first opportunity 2 Leakage of coolant e g keel coolers on LCU 2000 oil or grease that is not sufficient to warrant immediate maintenance action should be noted on the inspection check sheet and be a special item for review during subsequent inspection 3 Particular attention should be paid to condensation water leaks and plugged scuppers body drain holes Coo
172. ill be required for MESs and MMSs which are packed at assembly depots or at APS sites to military packaging specifications 2 Weather deck storage No medical assemblages will be stored on the weather deck 3 Non CH storage All hospital unit sets and any APS 3 afloat will be packed for LTS in accordance with the following specification a Conventional mod med sets These medical equipment sets are packed at assembly depots or APS sites Packaging is in accordance with level A military packaging requirements that provide maximum protection for material under the most severe worldwide shipment handling and storage conditions Components packed within the MESs can be pane dee in level A B C or commercial packaging in accordance with ASTM D3951 meeting military packaging specifications b Deployable Medical Systems DEPMEDS DEPMEDS materiel sets are packed at assembly depots or APS sites Packaging is in accordance with appropriate military packaging specifications The use of a static free breather dehumidification system will provide adequate protection to materiel packed within DEPMEDS shelters containers repositioned in a field environment for a period of up to 5 years provided the surveillance and desiccant change procedures are followed Components packed within DEPMEDS shelters can be packaged in levels A B C or commercial packaging in accordance with ASTM D3951 meeting military packaging specifications f Maintenance of DEPMED
173. in Storage Commercial Off the Shelf Communications Relay Group Common Tables of Allowances Department of the Army Digital Data Link Deployable Medical Systems Dental Equipment Sets Department of Defense Identification Codes Defense Supply Center Richmond Engagement Control Station Environmentally Compliant Solvents Electric Power Plant Electric Power Unit Fuel Filtration Additive Unit Field Support Command Fiscal Year Grease Automotive and Artillery General Services Administration Heavy Lift Prepositioned Ship In Accordance With Information and Coordination Central Inventory Control Point Identification Friend or Foe H 1 TM 38 470 IMRF Instrument Master Record File Line Item Number Lubrication Orders Launching Station Large Medium Speed Roll on Roll off Launching Station Test Set Limited Technical Inspections Long term Storage Mobile Assault Bridge Ferr Maintenance Allocation Chart Modular Collective Protection Equipment Medical Equipment Repairs Medical Equipment Sets Materials Handling Equipment Medical Logistics Support Team Medical Materiel Sets Military Occupational Specialties Major Regional Conflict Missile Round Cable Test Set Meals Ready to Eat Medical Recommended Stockage List Major Subordinate Command Military Traffic Management Center Modification Work Order Non cyclic Maintenance National Inventory Control Point U S Nuclear Regulatory Commission National Stock Number
174. in the shelter as specified below 1 Fabricate an adapter panel Secure gasket to the panel with MMM A 260 adhesive and apply a coating of adhesive around the blower aperture Place panel over the aperture secure with the same screws removed from the blower and seal with tape Connect desiccated breather assembly hose to the panel and secure with retainer clamp 2 Compute the amount of desiccant required for the breather assembly will be based on two units for each cubic foot of volume within the shelter Static charge amount will be based on 1 6 units for each cubic foot within the shelter Bulk desiccant for breather assembly will be MIL D 3716 type II sieve mesh Nos 6 to 12 grade H Static charge bagged desiccant shall be MIL D 3464 3 Place desiccant in breather assembly and secure cover 4 Install a plug type humidity indicator conforming to the adapter panel so it is visible from the outside 5 The static charge bagged desiccant will be distributed throughout the shelter by suspending the bags 6 to 12 inches above the shelter floor by the use of cord rope or wire Desiccant will not come in contact with installed equipment 6 Breather assembly materials are listed in table 5 3 Table 5 3 Breather Assembly Materials Quantity Material Specification 1 Drum steel MS27683 1 Cover for drum MS27683 1 Locking ring MS27683 1 Gasket for cover MS27683 1 Wire cloth 15 3 8 dia Local purchase mesh commercial bronze wire 1 Expanded m
175. ine is disconnected at the most convenient point nearest the fuel tank and the flexible line from the portable container connected to the disconnected fuel supply line leading to the engine Then turn the container selector valve to the fuel position Start the engine and operate at fast idle speed without load until running smoothly but not for more than 4 minutes The engine should then be accelerated to two thirds maximum revolutions per minute rpm and with engine still operating switch selector valve on the portable container to the oil position The instant the oil reaches the combustion chambers This will be noted by loss of engine rpm or excessive smoke emitting from exhaust pipe turn ignition off Disconnect line from portable container and reconnect engine fuel line After processing the fuel system engine should be cooled to ensure that the cylinder head temperature measured at spark plug gasket surfaces of all cylinders is not more than 100 degrees F Cooling will be accomplished by induced air currents circulation of engine coolant for liquid cooled engines or by waiting the period of time required to arrive at the above specified temperature When ambient temperature exceeds 100 degrees F the engine should be cooled to a temperature equivalent to the ambient After engine has been cooled to the required temperature processing through combustion chamber will be started and completed with minimum delay Remove spark plugs As the en
176. ing requirements except the following equipment systems which will be exercised every 365 days 1 M60 M48 series armored vehicular launched bridge AVLB and bridge armored vehicle launched scissoring type class 60 and 70 will be subjected to three complete launch and retrieval cycles Follow the PMCS guidance in the appropriate TMs and inspect before during and after exercising for failures Inspection shall include a Engage the clutch assembly and activate the power take off assembly and check for use of clutch lever operation to indicate proper adjustment of the clutch to assure there is no clutch slippage b Check for noise in the power takeoff assembly to indicate a defective clutch assembly universal joint or power take off assembly c Inspect for leaks in the hydraulic system excessive noise vibration or chatter in the hydraulic system abnormal or excessive heating in the hydraulic system valve bank controls sticking filter condition per indicator high hydraulic pump noise level hanging or sticking of swivel elbows on tongue cylinder proper fluid level in hydraulic reservoir and binding at pivot points during operation 2 M728 vehicle boom hydraulics and the dozer hydraulic system will be subjected to two complete raise and lowering cycles see vehicle TM 3 Forklifts engineer construction equipment and other material handling hydraulic equipment will be subjected to two complete raise and lowering cycles see vehic
177. ing Oil Preservative Medium 9150 00 271 8427 9150 00 231 2356 9150 00 231 2357 9150 00 231 2361 4 ounces 5 gallons 55 gallons 1 quart c 4 TM 38 470 SPECIFICATION TITLE NSN ITEM DESCRIPTION MMM A 260 Adhesive Water 8040 00 273 8704 5 gallons Resistant for Sealing Waterproofed Paper 8040 00 273 8703 1 gallon O B 41 Battery Water 6810 00 286 3783 1 gallon 6810 00 297 9540 5 gallons A A 59282 Ethyl Alcohol Ethanol 6810 00 127 4532 1 gallon Denatured Alcohol 99 5 ethyl Proprietary Solvents and Special Industrial Solvents A A 59133 Cleaning Compound High 6850 00 965 2087 25 pounds Pressure Steam Cleaner 6850 00 965 2330 150 pounds MIL PRF 680 Dry Cleaning and 6850 01 377 1916 4 ounces Degreasing Solvent 6850 01 377 1811 1 pint 6850 01 377 1809 1 gallon 6850 01 377 1808 1 quart 6850 01 331 3349 5 gallons 6850 01 331 3350 55 gallons Soap Saddle Leather 7930 00 1 70 5467 1 pound Goods MIL PRF 32033 Lubricating Oil General 9150 00 252 6173 4 ounces Purpose Preservative 9150 00 231 9045 1 gallon Water Displacing Low Temperature 9150 00 231 9062 5 gallons 9150 00 231 6689 1 quart 9150 00 281 2060 55 gallons VV P 236 Petrolatum Technical 9150 01 444 1171 8 ounce tube 9150 00 250 0926 1 75 pounds 9150 00 250 0933 7 5 pounds 9150 00 250 0928 35 pounds C 5 TM 38 470 APPENDIX D PETROLEUM SAMPLING PROCEDURES AND EQUIPMENT D 1 Genera
178. ings into and around electric motors switches outlets access doors air vents timers shell doors control panels etc will be sealed with MIL PRF 121 grade A class 1 barrier material sealed with ASTM D5486 type IV tape 5 34 TM 38 470 2 CH storage No preservation required w Outboard motors and gasoline engine driven chain saws 1 Non CH storage With the engine running smoothly at three fourths open throttle speed spray MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 preservative into the carburetor throat until the engine chokes to a stop Place item in carrying case and seal with ASTM D5486 type IV tape 2 CH storage No preservation required NOTE Gasoline burning equipment will be stored without fuel x Topographic reproduction and surveying equipment 1 Non CH storage Not applicable 2 CH storage Instruments will be placed in their respective carrying cases No preservative required y Air conditioner A E32C 39 1 Non CH storage a The air conditioner shall be preserved a packaged in accordance with method 53 of MIL STD 2073 1 water vapor proof enclosure with desiccant Heat sealed bag shall conform to MIL B 118 Type I Class E F or G Style 1 2 or 3 or Type Il Class E Style 1 or 3 or Type Ill Class E Style 1 b The air conditioner preserved and packaged per method 53 in accordance with MIL STD 2073 1 shall be packed in overseas type containers conforming to ASTM D6251 wood box The air conditioner shall
179. ipment technical manuals 2 Stage 2 Demonstration amp Acceptance The SICO will be conducted IAW the procedures below The purpose of the SICO is to demonstrate that end items are in an operational status for short notice handoff a System Baseline Tests Final hard copy printouts of RS and ECS system baseline tests will be dated signed and maintained on location 1 ECS ICC i Load and run TWUD program in its entirety ii Hardcopy all ECS ICC diagnostics results Verify that all D amp C indicators illuminate iii Establish communication with another ECS ICC utilizing all UHF radio stacks Pass digital data between major end items to ensure equipment operability Additionally CCs are to have modems loop backed to ensure their operability iv Load K 7 System Exerciser and verify communication with radar set v Establish communication with Launching Station by fiber optic cable and radio Verify digital data link is operable Green DDL on each ECS vi Integrate ECS ICC with AMG and verify that interface is functioning properly vii Remote shut down of the RS EPPIII and all LS will be performed and verified viii A retrieve and compare will be performed ix Acorrelation with at least two ECS will be performed with the ICC 2 RADAR SET i Perform all radar diagnostics in fault localization and hard copy all tests and results ii Load K 7 System Exerciser and run in radiate TBM mode fo
180. ires 48 to 72 hours to complete Check the four spot humidity indicator On the ISO shelter this requires opening the personnel door vent cover The indicator should show a reading of 30 or less If the reading is greater than 30 re close the vent cover ISO shelter only wait another 24 to 36 hours and check again Step 13 When the readings are 30 or less activate the static free breather by removing the tape from the exterior static free breather tube opening After removing the tape from the breather vent cover the vent opening with a 4 by 4 inch piece of wire screen or nylon mesh material Tape the material in place using ASTM D5486 type IV tape to prevent insects from entering the breather tube On ISO shelters the door vent cover where the static free breather vent is located must remain partially open allowing for airflow 5 Procedures for the preparation of shelters expandable 1 sided NSN 5411 01 124 1377 and 2 sided NSN 5401 136 9838 for long term storage are as follows Step 1 Cover the ventilation filters inside the cargo doors utilizing MIL PRF 131 barrier material cut to size 23 1 4 by 23 1 4 inches Secure the barrier materiel with 2 inch wide ASTM D5486 type IV tape Step 2 Jack up the module to a sufficient height to seal cracks between module floor and lower ISO fittings at all four corners of the module with silicone sealant type MIL A 46106 Step 3 Apply a 6 inch strip of Herculite material type 1 class
181. ity Surveillance for Fuels Lubricants and Related Products MIL STD 2073 1 Standard Practice for Military Packaging MMM A 260 Adhesive Water Resistant for Sealing Waterproofed Paper NN P 71 Pallets Material Handling Wood Stringer Construction 2 way and 4 way Partial NAS833 Plug Protective Flared Hose or Tube Assembly NAS836 Plug Protective Flared Tube Hose Assembly or MS33649 Boss O B 41 Battery Water ASTM D6251 Boxes Wood Cleated Plywood SB 3 30 2 Chemical Biological Canisters and Filter Elements Serviceability Lists SB 740 94 1 Storage Serviceability Standards for SBCCOM Material Sets Kits Detectors and Alarms CBR and Ancillary Items SB 740 94 2 Storage Serviceability Standards for SBCCOM Material Decontaminating Equipment and Decontaminating Agents A 6 TM 38 470 SB 740 94 5 Storage Serviceability Standards for SBCCOM Material Mask Chemical Biological All Types And Ancillary Equipment SB 740 94 6 Storage Serviceability Standards for SBCCOM Material Filter Units Gas Particulate and Ancillary Items SB 740 94 8 Storage Serviceability Standards for SBCCOM Material Riot Control Agent Dispersers and Ancillary items SB 740 94 9 Storage Serviceability Standards for SBCCOM Material Smoke Generators and Ancillary items SB 742 1 Inspection of Supplies and Equipment Ammunition Surveillance Procedures US Army Field Support Command G4 Deputy for Logistics SOP 4500 9 R AFSCG4 1 Automated Identif
182. king bars and stacked in two adjacent stacks 16 high each taped and strapped as type TYPE Ill Sixteen mats shall be assembled with required locking bars and packed as for type Il 5 35 TM 38 470 b Components such as starting connectors 15 ea turn adapters 15 ea access adapters 75 ea anchor attachments 375 ea and edge anchors 760 ea shall be packed in boxes conforming to ASTM D6251 overseas type The boxed components shall be unitized in a crate conforming to MIL C 104 type I class 2 style A 2 CH storage Requirements are the same as for non CH storage except boxes shall be domestic type ad Alarm Chemical Agent Automatic M22 1 Non CH Storage The Alarm Chemical Agent Automatic M22 shall be unit packed in accordance with its Special Packaging Instruction SPI P5 15 19045 The M22 can suffer from contamination when exposed to an uncontrolled environment Do not remove the system from its packaging unless necessary or upon issue Avoid long term storage in high temperatures The M22 contains a low level radioactive source reference paragraph 3 2 4 d 2 CH storage Same as for non CH storage ae Alarm Chemical Agent Automatic Portable Man pack M8A1 1 Non CH Storage The Alarm Chemical Agent Automatic Portable Man pack M8A1 shall be unit packed in accordance with its Special Packaging Instruction SPI P5 15 8800 The M8A1 can suffer from contamination when exposed to an uncontrolled enviro
183. l a Required sampling devices for each method should be constructed using equipment identified in this appendix b All sample containers must be absolutely clean and free of water dirt lint washing compounds naphtha or other solvents soldering fluxes or acids corrosion rust or oil New sample containers meeting all of the above criteria are not required to be cleaned If a previously used sample container is employed the following cleaning procedures must be completed prior to using the container Rinse container with Stoddard solvent or naphtha Then wash the container with strong soap solution rinse it thoroughly with tap water and finally with distilled water Dry either by passing a current of clean warm air through the container or by placing it in a dust free cabinet at 104 degrees F 40 C or higher c Minimum sample size for liquid fuels taken from rolling stock is one gallon Only UN 1A1 approved containers should be used such as the type identified in Appendix D d Refer td Appendix E Table E 2 for minimum sample size requirements for packaged products e DA Form 1804 Petroleum Sample Tag should be completed and attached to the sample container immediately after taking each sample Package products which require more than one container to make up one sample should all be tagged however all containers required to make up one sample should be given the same sample number f Equipment that has been sampled and subsequen
184. l from the recovery container will not be used for preserving other engines c Combustion chambers Upon completion of the fuel system preservation and after the engines have cooled to a cylinder head temperature of 100 degrees F or less the combustion chamber each cylinder of each engine shall be fogged with MIL PRF 21260 Grade PE 15 40 as per a and b below Air pressure for fogging shall not exceed 25 psi 1 Two cycle engines with intake port and valves Remove the air box covers and jack the engine until the piston in the cylinder to be fogged is below the ports The MIL PRF 21260 Grade PE 15 40 will be fogged through the ports Continue jacking and fogging until all cylinders have been fogged after which the air box covers will be reinstalled 2 Four cycle engines Remove the injector nozzles and fog the MIL PRF 21260 Grade PE 15 40 into each cylinder through the opening with the piston at BDC bottom dead center This will entail jacking and fogging until all cylinders are fogged after which the injectors and nozzles will be reinstalled and timed The amount of MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 to be fogged into each cylinder is 1 1 2 oz on the Detroit and Cummings engines and 2 oz on the Flight III tug EMD main engine CAUTION DO NOT RUN ENGINES UPON COMPLETION OF FOGGING 3 Simplified engine preservation procedure in lieu of the above the following procedure may be used The fuel intake line shall be disconnected at an access
185. lace and at a frequency level of 180 days The M109 self propelled howitzer SPH requires elevation 6 5 TM 38 470 to maximum QE If restrictions within the warehouse or vessel prevent complete rotation of turrets or complete elevation depression of guns they will be rotated or elevated to the maximum extent possible Main guns will be elevated during rotation if such elevation maximizes turret rotation The M109 SPH requires maximum elevation The mast system for the Patriot AMG and OE 349 MRC will be exercised three cycles to full 30 meter extension at a frequency of once per 90 days IAW Table 6 2 During every cycle hold extension for 15 minutes to check for leaks Additionally the Patriot Radar cooling system will be exercised a minimum of 4 hours every 90 days IAW Table 6 2 b Thermal imaging systems Power up thermal imaging systems and allow to cool down If cool down is not attained in 15 minutes a cool down light will activate A DA Form 2407 Maintenance Request should be submitted to e indicating thermal system failure This requirement shall be performed during cyclic maintenance and time of issue c Hydraulic Systems All afloat equipment hydraulic systems in storage will be exercised to the maximum extent possible given the ship board limitations every 180 days in conjunction with vehicle start up CH stored land based equipment hydraulic systems will be exercised completely in conjunction with the specified CH storage exercis
186. lant and lubricant levels should be checked the first 30 days after storage Checks during subsequent inspections are not required unless there is visual evidence of leaks or adequate reason to suspect contamination or internal leaks b Surveillance includes inspection of CH capabilities to detect evidence of malfunction of dehumidification machinery controls or recording devices and damage to or failure of structures or covers and reporting of it for corrective action c Surveillance also includes those actions necessary to prevent and detect security deficiencies and recommend corrective actions relative to incidents of pilferage and sabotage d Surveillance of equipment requires knowledge of the visual characteristics associated with materiel failure or deterioration The following are some of these characteristics 1 Leakage or seepage of lubricants This may be caused by overfill or excess lubrication or internal pressures resulting form clogged vents or defective seals or gaskets Thorough analysis is required before conclusions are reached and repair is requested 2 Appearance of red brown black or white precipitates around or on the surface of metallic items The precipitate may or may not be accompanied by the visual evidence of moisture This is usually evidence of corrosion in process Recognition of the appearance of corrosion is contained in TB 43 0213 Corrosion Prevention and Control including Rust proofing Procedures For
187. ld not be required if all underwater surfaces are washed down with fresh water to remove accumulated marine growth and slime This can be accomplished with the fire hose however care should be taken to ensure that the paint system is not damaged during wash down f Since the tray loaded starting batteries were not used there will not be a need for replacement The interim 12 VDC batteries will be used for represervation after which they shall be removed from the watercraft and turned in for disposal The next activation contact team will replace batteries that are disposed of g Specialized equipment will not require replacement h The lubricating oil storage tanks should not need replenishing i On completion of represervation requirements prepare DA Form 3256 Preservation and Depreservation Guide for Marine Equipment 3 Detailed preservation instructions concerned with each particular design of watercraft are identified in the TACOM publication Preservation Procedures for New Watercraft Assigned to the Army Strategic Mobility Prepositioned Fleet 4 Exposed machined surfaces of propeller shafts including splines slip joints constant velocity joints and universal joints will be coated with type MIL PRF 16173 grade 4 preservative SECTION XIV MEDICAL EQUIPMENT 5 14 Scope This section describes the policy and procedures for the preparation preservation storage and maintenance required to place Medical Equipment Set
188. le TM 4 M88 series vehicles spade and boom hydraulics will be subjected to two complete raise and lowering cycles see vehicle TM 5 Mine Clearance Launcher Hydraulics Exercise the launcher completely through two cycles of launch and retrieve NOTE An exercising program will be developed and implemented for any new vehicle system entering APS Any vehicle currently in APS having unique or special hydraulic mechanisms requiring exercising at a frequency level other than the specified maintenance cycle will have requirements developed by the material fielding plan or AMC d Brake and clutch systems Hydraulic brake systems on all vehicles will be exercised by pumping the brake pedal a minimum of four times during equipment start up This includes all trailer assemblies equipped with hydraulic braking systems An auxiliary power source will be supplied to the trailers or the equipment deprocessed and started and the brake system exercised by the power source When the functional exercise is performed on vehicles which have a spring brake it spring brake must be disengaged prior to the check In most cases the spring brake is disengaged when the air pressure has reached the minimum operating level If the spring brake is not disengaged the brake system will not function correctly On vehicles with an air spring brake chamber caging system for the rear brakes e g M939 series the vehicles must be inspected to ensure the brakes are not caged
189. lean and fog i Emergency generator tank LCU LT will be filled to 80 capacity 11 Oil and separator vessels These shall be drained No other preservation required 12 Pumps Other than engine mounted 5 39 TM 38 470 a Raw water pumps Raw water pumps shall be drained and flushed with clean fresh water and then blown dry with compressed air Drain plugs on all pumps shall be attached to the pump in a suitable storage receptacle LCU 2000 electric fire pump will have flexible connection removed and stored adjacent to the pump with the fastening contained in a suitable storage receptacle b Fresh portable water pumps Fresh portable water pumps shall be drained and blown dry with com pressed air Drain plugs shall be attached to the pump in a suitable storage receptacle Do not drain and blow dry the engine cooling water pumps since these systems have anti freeze protection c Fuel and lubricating oil pumps No preservation required Leave primed and ready for service d Pump packaging Pump shaft packing shall be replaced when packing glands are taken up more than 50 percent 13 Oil purifiers and filters No preservation is required Leave primed ready for service 14 Heat exchangers The raw water sides of heat exchangers shall be drained and blown dry with compressed air Drain plugs shall be reinstalled 15 Refrigeration units Medium will be pumped down to the unit receiver All receiver valves will be secu
190. lem and action taken Containerized supplies shall have sample inspections as determined by the AFSC or USAMMA and Table 3 5 g Humidity indicators on desiccated containers will be checked monthly subsequent to CH failure for evidence of moisture content in packages and saturated desiccant Report any discrepancy h Absorbed Glass Mat AGM and activated flooded lead acid batteries will be maintained in accordance with AFSC Battery Maintenance Management Plan A cold battery below 40 degrees F won t readily accept a charge When a fast charger is connected to cold battery the charging rate will be low at first and then increase as the battery temperature increases It is recommended to recharge the M1 tank battery six pack after each maintenance cycle of approximately 6 months Battery charger model 2937 4419 will charge 1 2 4 or 6 military batteries as they are configured in the vehicle The M1 tanks are to be charged a minimum of 3 hours After the 3 hour minimum charge the batteries are to be tested with the Medtronic s Battery Tester MICRO 400 or equivalent Two of these testers are provided shipboard The M1 batteries after a minimum of 3 hours should TEST GOOD using the MICRO 400 tester If the M1 batteries have been deeply discharged for some reason run the battery charger for 10 hours maximum Battery charger model 29374419 may also be used to charge a trailer battery like the M 1000 Trailer Transport H E 700 Ton The battery may be
191. leum Products FM 10 67 1 Concepts and Equipment of Petroleum Operations FM 10 67 2 Petroleum Laboratory Testing and Operations MIL STD 3004 Quality Surveillance Handbook for Fuels Lubricants and Related Products 1 General Liquid fuel samples taken from rolling stock provide critical information on the operational readiness of equipment Personnel responsible for sampling must ensure procedures detailed in this document are followed so that valid test results can be obtained 2 APS 3 sample scheduling a Before APS 3 cycle sampling conducted prior to uploading before the APS 3 cycle establishes a base line for monitoring fuel quality of rolling stock Liquid samples must be drawn from fixed storage tanks refueling vehicles used to top off prepositioned equipment and the individual pieces of equipment Equipment identified for sampling should have product drawn from fuel tanks cells prior to the vessel uploading process to simplify access to equipment b Equipment American Petroleum Institute API gravity screening All equipment identified for sampling prior to initial upload must be screened for API Gravity Equipment failing the screening tests should not have samples submitted for laboratory testing Fuel tanks cells on equipment failing the screening test should be drained and replaced with JP 8 Refer to Appendix D Jor API Gravity screening procedures c Fuel cleanliness Equipment fuel tanks cells must be clean before being l
192. lieved of tension f All openings into the electric motor switches and control boxes and faces of gauges meters thermostats indicators et cetera shall be sealed or covered with tape conforming to type III or IV of ASTM D5486 g The battery leads shall be disconnected and terminals taped The battery hold down clamps shall be coated with MIL C 11796 class 3 or MIL PRF 16173 grade 2 preservative The electrolyte shall be unit packed in accordance with 0 S 801 h Each refrigeration unit shall be packed in a cleated plywood box conforming to overseas type style B type 3 load of ASTM D6251 The electrolyte shall be blocked and braced or anchored and the container closed and strapped Each box shall be provided with a fully sheathed skid base The sheathing for the base shall be as specified for the sides R that the plywood box shall be strapped with a minimum of 3 4 by 0 023 inch steel strapping conforming to type of ASTM D3953 i Special handling marking requirements applicable to arrows and the words This Side Up shall apply 2 CH storage The refrigeration unit requirement will be the same as for non CH storage except the ASTM D6251 shall be domestic type f Surveying set electronic distance measuring equipment SEDME 1 Non CH storage a Preservation for the surveying set will be as follows All components for which cases are provided shall be placed in their respective cases and the case lids closed and secured
193. ling ASTM D5486 type IV tape except on painted surfaces Other acceptable and non acceptable substitutes are as follows 1 Preservative compound MIL PRF 16173 grade 4 can if necessary be substituted for MIL PRF 16173 grade 1 Grade 1 cannot be universally substituted for grade 4 and should not be used on any surface where it must be removed before the item is used Commercial off the shelf items may be substituted with the approval of the Commodity Command For example TACOM has approved the use of CARWELL CP 90 in lieu of MIL PRF 16173 Grade 4 and in certain specific applications for Grade 1 The NSNs for this product are 8030 01 414 7423 16 oz bottle 8030 01 414 8947 5 gallon container and 8030 01 144 7430 55 gallon drum B 3 TM 38 470 2 In cases of absolute necessity MIL PRF 2104 lubricating oil as prescribed by applicable LO can be substituted for specified types and grades of MIL PRF 21260 preservative engine oil in crankcase 3 MIL PRF 21260 PE 10 may be substituted for W L 700 MIL PRF 21260 PE 30 may be substituted for MIL PRF 3150 4 MIL PRF 46010 cannot replace MIL PRF 46147 because of the difference between air cured and heat cured solid film lubricants In most applications MIL PRF 46147 can replace MIL PRF 46010 e Itis preferred that environmentally friendly cleaners and degreasers be used If MIL PRF 680 Type or Il is used Breakthrough Electron 296 Skysol 100 Skysol and PF may be substi
194. ll be additionally protected by a wrap of barrier material conforming to MIL PRF 121 type grade A class 2 and the wrap secured with tape For the fire extinguisher exterior metal surfaces requiring the application of a contact preservative in accordance with MIL STD 2073 1 shall be coated with MIL PRF 16173 grade 1 preservative The extinguisher shall be placed in the mounting bracket and secured d The preserved and unpreserved components and items of equipment shall be placed and secured within the body assembly utilizing the mounting provided whenever possible Components and items of equipment that cannot be secured by the mountings provided because of the preservation requirement shall be consolidated together in boxes conforming to ASTM D5118 W5c When level 2 equipment is procured the fenders shall not be installed The fender mounting hardware and the body to trailer mounting hardware shall be placed in a close fitting box conforming to ASTM D5118 W5c e The packing for the tool outfit shall be as follows When level 1 equipment is procured each complete trailer mounted tool outfit shall be prepared for unboxed mobile shipment in a manner that ensures carrier acceptance and safe delivery to destination When level 2 equipment is procured each complete body assembly shall be packed in a box conforming to MIL B 26195 type II style optional class 2 with rubbing strips and plywood superstructure 5 30 TM 38 470 2 CH sto
195. ll be considered as not adequate for prepositioning until at least 1 2 of the volume of fuel is removed and replaced with JP8 D 3 Liquid fuel sampling procedures a All levels sample will be taken by submerging a stoppered beaker copper weighted beaker to the bottom of a storage tank or bulk fuel compartment of a petroleum tank vehicle then opening the sampler and raising it at a uniform rate so that it is no more taken 85 degrees full as it emerges from the liquid 1 Fill the copper weighted beaker and allow it to drain back into the storage tank Also rinse the sample container 2 Lower the weighted beaker to the bottom of the tank and then jerk upward to remove the stopper Raise the weighted beaker at a rate so that it is no more than 85 degrees full when it emerges from the liquid 3 Empty the product into sample container and repeat the sampling process until the container is approximately 90 degrees full Close the cap on the sample container immediately b Lower the weighted suction end of the tube connected to the vacuum sampler just below the top of the fuel level in the tank Place the rubber grommet into a slop fuel can and pump the sampler Draw approximately 1000 of the volume of the sampler and tubing into the slop container to rinse the sampler NOTE Do not rinse the vacuum sampler with fuel from the bottom of the fuel tank cell Lower the weighted suction end of the tube connected to the vacuum sampler all the w
196. ll operational systems Preoperational PMCS Calibration AOAP samples taken 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Conduct of serviceability operational testing 3 20 TM 38 470 CHAPTER 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION I POLICY 4 1 General a This chapter addresses Quality Assurance QA requirements for APS storage and maintenance operations b Each APS site will have an identifiable QA program in accordance with contractual requirements c ISO 9002 or ISO 9001 2000 are the preferred quality program to be implemented on APS contracts and at APS sites d A QA element at each APS site will be designated as having responsibility for ensuring the quality of materiel maintained repaired or stored at that site e QA staffing must be adequate to ensure the requirements of this manual are fulfilled f The QA specialist representative will be organizationally independent of quality control maintenance and storage personnel SECTION Il PROOFING THE PROCESS 4 2 Process proofing requirements a The purpose of process proofing is to ensure the adequacy of a process to consistently produce conforming products and to identify opportunities for process improvements b QA personnel will proof the adequacy of the site operator s processes at least annually in the various commodity shops e g wheeled tracked communications electronics preservation etc prior to normal cyclic maintenance activities or prior to repai
197. lly sets will be stored with lift cylinders fully retracted Drain condensation from air brake system valves by opening drain cocks or removing drain plugs Place tags on valves as reminder to replace drain plugs and close drain cocks when equipment is activated 5 14 TM 38 470 b CH Storage No special preservation requirements are necessary follow guidance in applicable TMs and general guidance herein When practical dolly sets will be stored with lift cylinders fully retracted Drain condensation from air brake system valves by opening drain cocks 3 M1000 Semi trailer 70 Ton During PMCS ensure all steering cylinders gooseneck cylinders rear ramp cylinders rear slave cylinders and suspension cylinders 10 are greased with MIL PRF 10924 on exposed surfaces of the rods Secure each ramp to the ISO bracket mounting holes on the platform using steel strapping ASTM D3953 1 1 4 x 0 031 Route strap through two ISO bracket mount holes in platform and crimp binding clip to strap Route opposite end of strap around top cross bar on ramp tighten strap as tight as possible and secure with binding clip Use corner protectors between strap and ISO bracket mounting holes and between strap and the top cross bar Strap chocks in place using 4 X 0035 steel strapping Open cover of rear support legs lower rear legs apply grease to outside surfaces and return to up position and close cover Apply preservative MIL PRF 16173 Grade 4 to all unpainte
198. lorite technical HTH will be stowed in a cool dry place inside the watercraft 10 On dry stored watercraft the packing will be removed from the stern glands and stowed in a convenient position alongside in the engine room ready for installation at activation 11 At KNB all exposed shafts and bearings will be coated with P 9 and wrapped to prevent ingress of sand d COSIS represervation 1 When watercraft are activated for routine cyclic inspection and maintenance represervation is required Represervation requires limited operations of machinery and therefore must be accomplish before the watercraft are returned to storage The amount of represervation required depends entirely upon the extent of depreservation activation 2 The man hour requirements for represervation will not be appreciably different from initial preservation however the material requirements will be considerably less a There will be a cost savings by reusing the PVC piping flex hoses sensing elements humidistat plywood blanks and Herculite covers 5 43 TM 38 470 b Preservation oil in the engine lubricating systems and antifreeze in the fresh water cooling systems will require replenishment only c Engine fuel system will require preservation d Essentially the represervation shall follow the pertinent instructions set forth previously in the initial preservation routine e Dry docking for underwater hull cleaning and painting shou
199. losed gears Oil lubricated gears not otherwise provided for will be inspected for level of lubricant and for evidence of water and contamination of lubricant Add lubricant specified by the applicable lubrication order to raise to operating level or if contaminated drain the lubricant and flush the gear housing The cleaned gear case will be filled to operating level with approved lubricant and operated under no load to ensure coating of all interior surfaces and components 5 38 TM 38 470 c Exposed gears Non precision exposed gears subject to the weather will be coated with MIL PRF16173 grade 1 preservative all other exposed gears will be coated with MIL PRF 16173 grade 2 preservative d Drive belts and pulleys Drive belts will be left fully tensioned and ready for service Pulley grooves shall be coated with a thin film of rust inhibiting lacquer resisting synthetic primer e Exposed drive chains Exposed drive chains will be coated with MIL PRF 16173 Grade 2 preservative 7 Hydraulic systems Brake ramp or steering systems shall be filled to operating level with approved fluid required by the applicable lubrication order or the technical manual 8 Brakes The brake disc and or drum facings shall be coated with a thin film or rust inhibiting lacquer resisting synthetic primer 9 Air compressors The operating lubricant will be drained and the compressor crankcase refilled to operating level with MIL PRF 21260 preser
200. loth Batiste Cotton 8305 01 152 3587 YD Polishing A A 52408 Preservative Coating 8030 01 314 2213 1 quart Rubber For Rubber Surfaces 8030 01 282 5626 1 gallon 8030 01 314 2214 5 gallons A A 52465 Primer Coating Synthetic 8010 01 359 9245 1 gallon VOC Compliant for Brake Drums A A 52624 Antifreeze Multi Engine 5 gallon pre diluted Type 6850 01 464 9263 60 6850 01 464 9137 5 gallon 6850 01 464 9152 concentrated 100 6850 01 464 9096 55 gallon pre diluted 60 55 gallon concentrated 100 ASTM D3953 Strapping Flat Steel and 8135 00 283 0669 75 approx 1700 Seals strapping 8135 00 239 5293 seals 2000 ea per box C 1 TM 38 470 SPECIFICATION TITLE NSN ITEM DESCRIPTION ASTM D5486 Tape Pressure Sensitive 7510 00 266 5006 1 x 60 yards Type 4 Packaging for Box Closure and Sealing 7510 01 235 0013 2 x 60 yards 3 x 60 yards CCC C 440 Cloth Cheesecloth 8305 00 205 3496 36 x 10 yards Cotton Bleached and Unbleached 8305 00 205 3495 36 x 100 yards Cotton 8320 00 299 8625 1 Ib roll non sterile 6510 00 201 4000 1 Ib 10 sterile A A 3174 Plastic Sheet Polyolefin 8135 00 584 0610 8 x 100 x 004 8135 00 618 1783 16 x 100 x 006 MIL PRF 121 Barrier Material 8135 00 292 9719 3 x 300 Greaseproof Waterproof heat sealable Flexible 8135 00 292 9728 3 x 300 moldable MIL PRF 131 Barrier Material Water 8135 00 282 0565 3 x 600 vaporproof g
201. lowering cycles Forklifts 180 days 365 days Hydraulic systems exercised Perform 2 complete raise and 6 3 c 3 c 3 ENG Eqpt MHE lowering cycles M88 180 days 365 days Spade and Boom Exercised Perform 2 complete raise and 6 3 c 3 c 4 lowering cycles MICLIC 365 days 365 days Exercise through 2 cycles launch and retrieve 6 3 c 3 c 5 APU Generators 180 days 180 days Start and perform operational checks service batteries by 6 3 c 3 e subsystems w wet starting or charge IAW TM 9 6140 200 14 charged batteries M139 Volcano 365 days 365 days Condition rack circuits annually IAW TM 9 1095 208 10 1 6 3 c 3 f 120MM Mortar 180 days 180 days Buffer Traversing Elevating Cross Leveling Mechanisms 6 3 c 3 g Reposition cannon tube TM 38 470 Table 6 2 continued Non Cyclic Maintenance Exercising Guide TYPE STORAGE SYSTEM NON CH CH SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE Patriot Missile System RS ECS ICC CRG AMG EPP LS EPU 90 days Tactically emplace and initialize all equipment Verify functionality of all switches lights and indicators Loop back all radio Relay Terminals and verify operation Verify Green communications links for all RRT Verify Green DDL for all launchers with radio and cable Perform LSTS and MRCTS checks Perform LS special test and remote shut down Verify Missile round count using simulators Verify AMG CRG ECS ICC control interfaces Run RS d
202. m dials gauges and have a certification statement Emergency procedures Dials and gauges which have been damaged or which have had the glass shattered should be removed from the vehicle and disposed of in accordance with AR 11 9 and TB 43 0216 Notify the local RSO in the event broken dials or gauges are found 5 MC 1 Tester Density and Moisture Nuclear Method NSN 6635 01 030 6896 This item contains radioactive material Cesium 137 Cs 137 3 70 E 08Bq 10 millicuries mCi and Americium 241 Am 241 1 85 E 09 Bq 50 mCi The radioactive material is in special form with the Cs 137 in ceramic and the Am 241 in ceramic with beryllium oxide They are doubly encapsulated in stainless steel They provide the density and moisture counts for soil being tested for determination of compaction requirements which leads to roadway and runway construction Federal regulation prohibits tampering with or removal of the sources Safety precautions Radiation dosimeters are required for personnel entering the tester storage area or when handling the tester Do not eat drink smoke chew tobacco or gum or apply cosmetics when working in areas where the tester is handled or maintained The MC 1 Tester is identified by radioactive warning labels with the radiation symbol and will have two DOT Yellow II Labels on the DOT 7A transport box containing the tester These labels will not be defaced or removed and should be replaced immediately Storage and Handling Sto
203. ment and Diagnostic Equipment TMDE Calibration and Repair Support C amp RS Program TB 750 651 Use of Antifreeze Solutions Antifreeze Extender Cleaning Compounds and Test Kit in Engine Cooling Systems TM 43 0139 Painting Instructions for Army Materiel TM 9 1005 201 23 amp P Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools Lists for Machine Gun 5 56MM M249 with Equipment NSN 1005 01 127 7510 EIC 4BG TM 9 1095 208 10 1 Operator s Manual for Dispenser Mine M139 NSN 1095 01 235 3139 EIC 3V8 with mounting Kits for 5 ton Vehicle NSN 1095 01 252 2818 EIC 3V9 and M548A1 Vehicle NSN 1095 01 331 6755 Ground Volcano TM 9 1425 453 34 1 Intermediate Direct Support and Intermediate General Support Maintenance Manual for Bradley Fighting Vehicle TOW 2 Subsystem Consisting of Missile Guidance Set NSN 1420 01 329 8870 Launcher Assembly NSN 1440 01 178 1141 Launcher Assembly NSN 1440 01 167 7514 and Integrated Sight Unit NSN 1240 01 216 6331 TM 9 1425 453 34 2 Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual for Bradley Fighting Vehicle TOW 2 Subsystem Consisting of Missile Guidance Set 1420 01 329 8870 Launcher Assembly NSN 1440 01 178 1141 Launcher Assembly NSN 1440 01 167 7514 and Integrated Sight Unit NSN 1240 01 216 6331 TM 9 1425 646 10 Operator s Manual For Launcher Rocket Armored Vehicle Mounted M270 Part No 13029700 201 1055 01 192 0358 M
204. mercial wood sealer and CARC painted in accordance with MIL DTL 53072 and TM 43 0139 For long term storage of the M870A3 semi trailer use the BII chains and binders to chain the gooseneck to the deck in the retracted position Follow vehicle TM for instructions NOTE Replace master cylinder breather valve install a plug and seal the breather valve in a plastic bag and secure to the trailer tongue Place a tag to replace the breather valve prior to issue or Operation 2 CH Storage Same as for non CH storage except that the MIL PRF 16173 does not need to be applied s Winch and Derrick Assemblies 1 Non CH Storage Winch gear and other gear driven units will be filled to operating level with MIL PRF 2105 grade GO 80 90 or MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 30 as specified in the LOs Unwind cable except coated winch cable and preserve entire cable with MIL PRF 16173 Grade 1 CAUTION Place gear box shift levers in the neutral position Exposed unpainted metal surfaces of cable drums sheaves snatch blocks boom block A frame crane derrick boom controls and linkage should be coated with the same type preservative Coat exposed surfaces of hydraulic position rod with MIL PRF 10924 preservative wrap with barrier materiel conforming to type Il grade A class 2 of MIL PRF 121 secure with tape conforming to ASTM D5486 type IV tape Paint the cover from the winch automatic brake assembly of brake disc and brake band with synthetic primer
205. minated with Depleted Uranium or Radioactive Commodities AR 700 68 Storage and Handling of Compressed Gases and Gas Liquids in Cylinders AR 700 138 Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability AR 702 6 Ammunition Stockpile Reliability Program ASRP and Army Nuclear Weapons Stockpile Reliability Program ANWSRP AR 702 18 Materiel Quality Control Storage Standards AR 710 1 Centralized Inventory Management of the Army Supply System AR 710 2 Inventory Management Supply Policy Below the Wholesale Level AR 710 3 Asset and Transaction Reporting System AR 735 11 2 Reporting of Supply Discrepancies AR 740 1 Storage and Supply Activity Operations AR 740 26 Physical Inventory Control AR 750 1 Army Materiel Maintenance Policy and Retail Maintenance Operations A 2 TM 38 470 AR 750 43 Army Test Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment TMDE Program ASTM D928 Standard Specification for Sodium Bicarbonate ASTM D1974 Standard Practice for Methods of Closing Sealing and Reinforcing Fiberboard Shipping Containers ASTM D3951 Standard Practice for Commercial Packaging ASTM D3953 Strapping Flat Steel and Seals ASTM D4057 Standard Practice for Manual Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products ASTM D4176 Free Water and Particulate Contamination in Distillate Fuels Visual Inspection Procedures ASTM D4860 Free Water and Particulate Contamination in Mid Distillate Fuels Clear and Bright Numeric Rating ASTM D5118
206. n preparation for storage c Equipment and supplies that will be containerized will have military preservation and will be packed to Level A or B as required by the engineering design activity SECTION Il INSPECTION 5 2 Inspection requirements a All APS receipts will be subjected to a quality system that satisfies program objects and meets requirements of ISO 9002 ISO 9001 2000 or equivalent quality system model and includes testing exercising and maintenance b All APS equipment will be subjected to an initial receipt inspection in accordance with the equipment s TM 10 20 level technical manuals Inspections shall include checks for MWO application safety of use message inspections AOAP results calibration and load testing The Army Modification Management Information System MMIS database will be checked for accuracy based on these inspections and corrected as necessary c All inter modal containers will be inspected per MIL HDBK 138B All containers must be certified under the provisions of the International Convention for Safe Containers CSC All ISO containers that move in the DTS must be certified to meet 49 CFR and CSC 46 U S C app 1503 standards Activities possessing DOD container s that transit the DTS will inspect reinspect and perform organization user level maintenance on containers as needed Inspectors qualified to certify that containers meet 49 CFR and CSC 46 U S C app 1503 standards will visually inspect
207. n the appropriate accessory bag or transit case If accessory bags are not available cushion the items with bubble or foam cushioning material place the items in an ASTM D5118 weather resistant fiberboard box and close in accordance with ASTM D1974 f Equipment with fiber bellows will be packed as specified in paragraph 5 above further placed in a bag fabricated from MIL PRF 131 material and sealed CAUTION Desiccant will not be used as this will cause the bellows to dry out and become unserviceable g Consolidate the items of each set place within a weather resistant fiberboard box and seal the box with ASTM D5486 Type IV tape h For afloat storage of night vision devices with storage containers secure with antipilferage seal 5340 00 084 1570 4 Exceptions to the requirements cited in paragraph b above are self contained equipment in housings or cases This equipment does not require over packaging and may be stored in the case f Installed tactical AM FM radio and radio teletypewriter systems Non CH storage is not authorized Mountings connectors and equipment hardware not removed from the vehicle will be placed within MIL PRF 131 bags or protected by placing the MIL PRF 131 barrier material over and around the units taping it to the surrounding area with ASTM D5486 Type IV tape Uploaded equipment will be prepared for storage as follows 1 Installation kits accessory kits intercom sets control boxes mou
208. nated with and approved by HQDA DALO AMW All APS loans will be in accordance with AR 710 1 Chapter 6 b In the event of war or major regional conflict APS stocks will be released as directed by the Chairman Joint Chiefs of Staff CUCS or the Chief of Staff Army Whenever possible unit sets will be issued released as an entity to the MACOM c In the event of a contingency or military operations other than war MOOTW APS stock loans exceeding a 6 month period will be considered an issue The MACOM should request APS assets through their supported Combatant Commander to HQDA DALO AMW The supported CINC must validate all requests for APS stocks in support of a contingency or MOOTW TM 38 470 d HQ AMC and OTSG may authorize issue of secondary items spares and repair parts from CONUS APS assets purpose codes B C and D to fill emergency peacetime operational requirements issue priority 01 03 not mission capable requisitions only Before secondary items are released the MACOM must provide a funded requisition and the item manager must assure APS stocks can be replenished within 120 days after issue TM 38 470 CHAPTER 3 MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS SECTION I POLICY 3 1 General a Maintenance of APS materiel consists of those actions required to assure that materiel is in accordance with AR 750 1 and DA PAM 738 750 The objective is to maintain all supplies and equipment to Army maintenance standards at all points of the p
209. ncircle the adjacent vehicle member and overlap approximately 6 inches Connectors at end of air lines will be secured in dummy couplings provided Loose portions of air lines and safety chain will be secured to the vehicle as specified for inter vehicular jumper cable Cables and air lines will have a bend of not less than a 24 inch diameter when secured to the vehicle In cases where the tractor is connected to the trailer all lines cables and chains may remain connected w Heaters fuel operated 1 Non CH Storage Heaters with separate fuel supply will have their fuel tanks processed as specified in paragraph e above Personnel and engine heaters installed in multifuel engine vehicles will have the fuel supply shutoff valve located at the inlet side of fuel filters turned to the OFF position On gasoline engine vehicles the personnel heater shutoff valve located at the heater fuel line tee on the vehicle fuel pump and the engine heater shutoff valve located in the rear of the battery compartment will be turned to the OFF position The main fuel line supplying fuel to the heaters will be disconnected at a point closest to the shutoff valves and fuel from fuel lines will be allowed to drain Reconnect fuel lines Seal exhaust stacks with ASTM D5486 type IV tape 2 CH Storage CH storage is the same as for non CH storage except sealing the exhaust stacks is not required x Diesel and Multifuel Engines 1 Non CH Storage Prior to processin
210. nd explosive guidance and precautions 3 Although the primary hazard of DU ammunition is the explosive hazard of the propellant radiation safety officers RSO must post storage locations with Caution Radioactive Material signs Other requirements for the storage and handling of DU ammunition can be found in Nuclear Regulatory Commission license number SUC 1380 and by contacting the JMC RSO DU ammunition storage facilities at land based APS sites require annual radiation surveys Consult the local RPO or the licensee listed ITEA for further information 4 TB 9 1300 278 Guidelines for Safe Response to Handling Storage and Transportation Accidents Involving Army Tank Munitions or Armor Which Contain Depleted Uranium must be consulted for guidance in dealing with incidence involving depleted uranium ammunition f TACOM Warren Commodities 1 TACOM Warren manages radioactive commodities in the M1 series tanks as well as the MC 1 soil moisture density tester used by engineer units Commodities in the M1 series tank include depleted uranium heavy amour as well as the engine combustor liner Additionally TACOM Warren has purview over vehicle gauges and dials containing Radium 226 2 Abrams Tank Heavy Depleted Uranium Armor This item contains radioactive material Depleted Uranium DU Chemical Physical Form Solid slabs sealed in stainless steel packages The amount of DU in the armor is unlimited per the NRC License It provides armor protecti
211. nect located at the front of the pack and insert the sampler fuel hose into the sample container 2 Flush 1 2 3 4 of a gallon from the Bradley Fighting Vehicle fuel hose into a slop container by engaging the master power and engine accessory controls NOTE This operation requires one person to operate the sampling device and on person to engage the master power and engine accessory controls while fuel is flowing into the sample container 3 Take sample by repeating procedures in step 2 however fill sample container to approximately 90 degrees full close the cap on the sample container to approximately 90 degrees full D 4 Class Ill P Sampling Procedures a Package containers smaller than 55 gallon drums are randomly selected by taking one or more packages ina given lot and submitting the sample in its original container Procedures for calculating the required number of samples and required sample quantity for testing are provided in Appendix F b Fifty five gallon drums will be taken by inserting drum thief into the drum and taking an all levels sample 1 Randomly select a drum from the lot and lay the drum on its side Roll the drum 10 feet in one direction and then back to ensure mixture of the drum contents Stand the drum upright so that the bung end is facing up 2 Wipe away any contaminants from the bung and then remove the bung enclosure Using a clean dry drum thief cover one end of the drum thief with the thumb an
212. nes 1 Non CH Storage a Remove filter can and drain fuel prior to processing the engine it will be cooled to ensure that cylinder head temperature measured at injector nozzle flange surface of all cylinders is not more than 100 degrees Cooling will be accomplished by induced air currents circulation of engine coolant or by waiting the period of time required to arrive at the above specified temperature When ambient temperature exceeds 100 degrees F the engine will be cooled to a temperature equivalent to the ambient After the engine has been cooled the fuel supply system from the fuel tank will be shut off A portable container will be positioned to provide gravity feed to the engine compartment filled with MIL PRF 21260 PE 15 40 preservative oil Disconnect the fuel line between the primary fuel filter and fuel pump at the primary fuel filter outlet Drain the residual diesel fuel from the secondary fuel filter If equipment is not equipped with a secondary fuel filter disregard all requirements concerning the secondary fuel filter b Remove filter can and drain fuel Fill filter can with MIL PRF 21260 PE 15 40 preservative oil Disconnect residual vehicle fuel return line at quick disconnect coupling Connect a transparent plastic fuel line to the engine end of the disconnected fuel return line Insert the other end of the plastic fuel line into a recovery container to collect the residual returned oil Fabricate an air restrictor plate
213. nit Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual for Lead Acid Storage Batteries TM 9 2610 200 14 Operator s Unit Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual for Care Maintenance Repair and Inspection of Pneumatic Tires and Inner Tubes TM 11 5855 249 10 Operator s Manual for Viewers Driver s Night Vision AN VVS 2 NSN 5855 00 629 5278 AN VVS 2 V 1A 5855 01 096 08 AN VVS 2 V 2 5855 01 057 1880 AN VVS 2 5855 01 096 0872 AN VVS 2 V 3 5855 01 105 7793 AN VVS 2 V 4 5855 01 235 5489 TM 11 6140 203 14 1 Operator s Organizational Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual for Aircraft and Non aircraft Nickel Cadmium Batteries General TM 38 400 Joint Service Manual for Storage and Materials Handling TM 55 1730 229 12 Operator and Organizational Maintenance Manual Power Unit Aviation Multi Output GTED Electrical Hydraulic Pneumatic AGPU Wheel Mounted Self Propelled Towable AC 400HZ 3PH 0 8 PF 115 200V 30 KW DC 28 VDC 700 AMPS Pneumatic 60 LBS M AT 40 PSIG Hydraulic 15 GPM at 3300 PSIG DoD Model MEP 360A Class Precise Hertz 400 NSN 1730 01 144 1897 TM 55 4920 376 14 amp P Operator s Organizational Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Air Mobile Shelter AA4920 7016 1 NSN 4920 00 900 8378 MIL PRF 32033 Lubricating Oil General Purpose Preservative Water Displacing Low Temperature VV P 23
214. nment Do not remove the system from its packaging unless necessary or upon issue Avoid long term storage in high temperatures The M8A1 contains a low level radioactive source lerne a 3 214 d 2 CH storage Same as for non CH storage af Alarm Chemical Agent Monitor System 1 Non CH Storage The Chemical Agent Monitor System shall be unit packed in accordance with its Special Packaging Instruction SPI P5 15 17100 The Chemical Agent Monitor can suffer from contamination when exposed to an uncontrolled environment Do not remove the system from its packaging unless necessary or upon issue Avoid long term storage in high temperatures The M8A1 contains a low level radioactive source reference paragraph 3 2 4 d 2 CH storage Same as for non CH storage ag M56 M58 smoke generators NSNs 1040 01 380 1400 and 1040 01 413 8332 respectively will have their next inspection dates extended to the month and year the vessel scheduled to be uploaded with the materiel is due back in for a maintenance cycle and will be remarked as such by CEG A or DDAG Once aboard vessel this materiel shall be stored in the temperature and humidity controlled cargo hull of the vessel ah Operational Projects Stock 1 Inland Petroleum Distribution System IPDS There are approved Preservation Packing and Marking Plans that are developed to provide protection against physical deterioration or damage make the COSIS easier to perform enhance materi
215. ntaminates are removed and surfaces coated with the preservative oil Flushing is necessary to remove the water chemical contamination Emptied preservative oil may be reused for processing other fuel tanks provided not more than 10 percent of the fluid is contaminated see ASTM D287 6 Fifth Wheel Towing Device Preservation Fifth wheel towing devices shall be preserved in accordance with TM 9 2510 247 13 amp P Optimum storage configuration is for the fifth wheel towing device to be attached to the prime mover 7 Load Handling System HEMTT Preservation Load Handling Systems HEMTT shall be preserved in accordance with TM 9 2320 279 20 r Trailers 1 Non CH Storage The EPDS shall be used as the implementing document when preparing trailers for storage Coat unpainted or bare metal surfaces with MIL PRF 16173 GR 4 preservative Preserve hinges latches and operating mechanisms with MIL PRF 21260 PE 15 40 preservative oil Store in a manner that will allow drainage Small trailers can be positioned on end to conserve storage space using dunnage and a barrier between ground and metal surfaces Position the trailer so that hydraulic brake fluid reservoirs are above the level of the wheel cylinders Use solid filler plugs to prevent fluid leakage Trailer bed decking wood will deteriorate i iH open storage Ensure all replacement decking meets the technical requirements for replacement decking Wood will be pre eated sealed with a com
216. ntings matching units and so forth will be stored on the respective vehicle as required 2 Wrap cushion secure and or protect as required loose items to prevent loss or damage 3 All cables connectors and so forth will be connected and attached to their appropriate components to maintain equipment integrity Handsets headsets and so forth will be protected from dust by enclosing them in plastic bags They will remain connected and secured to the equipment 4 Equipment in original unit packs requires no additional packaging therefore equipment shall not be removed from its original pack 5 Antenna elements and top sections when removed will be taped or tied together to secure individual pieces All elements and sections shall be taped in a manner that will prevent entry of moisture and dust 5 25 TM 38 470 6 Install or replace dust covers over the equipment when available g Miscellaneous electrical and electronic equipment Such equipment is not authorized for non CH storage Equipment not installed or uploaded will generally be prepared for storage as outlined in this section and as follows 1 Handsets headsets connectors microphones electrical assemblies or components and so forth will be cushioned with bubble or foam cushioning material secured with ASTM D5486 Type IV tape placed within ASTM D5118 weather resistant fiberboard boxes closed per ASTM D1974 and secured with the same tape 2 Heav
217. ntories will be planned and scheduled based on SDS outputs 5 AWRDS will provide the custodial records and SDS will provide the accountable records for storage sites b The USAMMA database will be used for MES and MMS inventory down to component level SECTION VII LOCATOR SYSTEM 2 7 Overview a Each APS site and APS 3 vessel will have a system to record the location of each piece of APS inventory The location system and record forms will be uniform for all vessels and supply and maintenance sites The requirements of TM 38 400 are to be used as guidance in the development of the location system Whether or not a centralized stock locator record is maintained for projects having more than one location each site or vessel will have locally available records of materiel locations b A stow storage plan of each storage area is required In addition to showing the layout the plan can also be used to locate vehicles by applying serial numbers to the plan s display Equipment positioning by UICs can also be depicted on plans c Accountability will be maintained in the SDS and tracked by the automated AWRDS 2 6 TM 38 470 SECTION VIII REPAIR PARTS AND SUPPLY STOCKAGE 2 8 General The organization responsible for maintenance and care of supplies in storage of APS equipment will establish controls and procedures to ensure operation of an effective repair parts stockage program Repair parts stockage will be in accordance with AR 710 2 and the
218. ntrol components 7 Common tool sets 8 Associated items of equipment AIOE 9 Operational projects as applicable 10 Other items as directed by HQs DA AMC OTSG USAMMA AFSC and or by the war fighter s representatives NOTE At selected sites storage plans may necessitate unique configurations to meet the mission of the site These configurations are authorized however the Combat Equipment Group commander must approve these deviations j Weapons removed from vehicles and watercraft will be stored in accordance with the following 1 Open storage is prohibited for weapons and Supply Class V 2 Weapons will be stored in an arms room or containers designated as an arms room on wooden or metal racks to facilitate inspection of serial number cleanliness modification work order MWO status and preservation when available Weapons may also be boxed and crated as in normal depot storage per procedural guidelines in AR 190 11 3 ISO containers may be used to store weapons when an arms room is not available The container must be secured locked and inspected 4 Inspections shall be in accordance with requirements contained in 2 4 b below k Tarpaulins will remain installed on trailers and trucks unless removal will enhance care of supplies in storage Towed equipment such as trailers field kitchens and so forth should be positioned directly behind a prime mover whenever practical to facilitate rapid issue and unlo
219. oaded aboard APS vessels to help ensure operational readiness Visual sediment or water observed during sampling should be removed through filtration before upload sep Para 3 gd 3 The Fuel Filtration Additive Unit FAU will be used to remove sludge deposits water bottoms and microbiological debris from fuel tank environments If visual sediment or water is observed the initial samples should be discarded and a second sample taken after cleaning the fuel tank cell with the FAU see above TM 38 470 d End of APS 3 Cycle Sampling and testing conducted at the end of the APS 3 cycle provides data used to determine the disposition of fuel during the scheduled maintenance period Samples will be taken from bulk fuel compartments of petroleum tank vehicles and individual equipment not later than 3 months prior to scheduled maintenance cycle off loading of the APS 3 vessel This will allow adequate time for laboratory tests to be completed and disposition guidance to be provided on the equipment 3 Reference for scheduling Sampling activities should refer to Table 3 1 to determine each specific fuel source which requires sampling when the fuel source is to be sampled and the type of sample to be taken 4 Equipment and procedures Sampling equipment will vary based on the type of sample taken and accessibility to the fuel source Appendix D provides a list of necessary equipment for each sampling method Sampling procedures will differ d
220. of plywood slightly larger than the air intake and attach a 5 16 inch thick rubber same size as plywood with MMM A 260 adhesive Start engine and run for 5 minutes on MIL PRF 21260 PE 15 40 preservative oil The throttle will be placed in half open position and the engine choked by placing fabricated air restriction plate over the air intake until the engine stops The valve on the auxiliary fuel container will be turned to the OFF position Disconnect transparent fuel line and reconnect fuel return line Disconnect portable fuel line and reconnect fuel line Drain fuel cans and install new filters 2 CH Storage Engines operated on JP 8 or JP 5 fuel do not require further preservation provided the engines are exercised every 180 days h Crankcase and crankcase openings 1 Engine crankcase will be filled to operating level with preservative operational oil conforming to MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 or the grade specified in the vehicle TM 2 Turbine engines are not designed to use MIL PRF 21260 oil The operational but corrosion inhibited type described by MIL PRF 23699 will be used in the M 1s If the NSNs identified in Section VII above are not used four 8 oz cans of oil additive NSN 6850 00 142 9582 will be added to each engine Every cycle add one can of oil additive and change when required by AOAP NOTE The hours will be manually recorded on DA Form 2408 20 Army Oil Change Log This form will remain with the item Hou
221. on for the Abrams Tank The Abrams Heavy Armor Tank can be identified by a turret number serial number ending in a U Also the turret may be distinguished from a non DU turret by using a radiacmeter The tank is not otherwise marked with any radiation marking or symbol Storage and Handling The DU in the Abrams Heavy Armour Tank requires no special handing procedures Unless the armor is penetrated then see TB 9 1300 278 AR 700 48 DA Pam 700 48 and the Abrams Security Classification Guide Shipping Shipment of the Abrams Heavy Armor Tank requires no special procedures except for certification on documents of name of the consignor and consignee and the statement This package conforms to the conditions and limitations specified in 49 CFR 173 426 for radioactive material excepted packaged articles manufactured from natural or depleted uranium or natural thorium UN 2910 Emergency procedures Immediately contact the installation RSO or the TACOM Warren RSO if the armor is penetrated or ruptured then follow the requirements outlined in TB 9 1300 278 AR amp DA Pam 700 48 and the Security Classification Guide TB 9 1300 278 Guidelines for Safe Response to Handling Storage and Transportation Accidents Involving Army Tank Munitions or Armor Which Contain Depleted Uranium and the Security Classification Guide for the Abrams Tank System must be consulted for Abrams tanks with depleted uranium 3 7 TM 38 470 3 Abrams Tank Combu
222. ontact lenses mirrors instrument finish or nonmetallic surfaces Surfaces coated with preservative shall be wrapped or covered with barrier material conforming to MIL PRF 121 type Il grade A class 2 Exposed threads and exposed metal surfaces of instruments parts and accessories requiring a contact with MIL PRF 3150 preservative Each item in the vendor s container when furnished shall be preserved by method 33 when necessary to prevent damage from folding or flexing b The remaining components such as arrow sets target lights plumb bobs range poles tension handles and tripods shall be preserved as follow Each item shall be preserved by method III in a close fitting box conforming to ASTM D5118 W5c or W6c c Set components shall be consolidated packaged in the chest in accordance with the chest loading plan where space permits Components listed on the chest loading plan that will not fit into the chest and other small components shall be consolidated packaged in close fitting boxes conforming to ASTM D5118 W5c Cushioning and blocking shall be provided to control movement of components within the chest or boxes 5 32 TM 38 470 d The chest and other components of each complete surveying set shall be packed together in a close fitting box conforming to ASTM D6251 overseas type style optional Strapping shall be zinc coated and shall be placed adjacent to the box skids 2 CH storage The surveying set requirement will be t
223. op and ensure spray is getting to the bottom of the tank After 5 10 minutes close Valve A and remove nozzle from Valve B Step 3 Place the nozzle in the pump strainer area Push the nozzle past the bend in the pipe and start spray Spray for 5 minutes Check the opening a Valve B to ensure fog is coming from there After 5 minutes move the nozzle to the pipe opening of the pump spray for 2 minutes Remove nozzle from strainer area and place into top opening of the pump spray the housing area of the pump moving the nozzle up and down for 2 minutes Remove nozzle from pump spray strainer and place back into pipe tighten clamp Close all valves Step 4 Open Valves B and F and remove fill plug on pump Place nozzle in opening at Valve B and spray for 5 minutes Check the opening at fill plug on pump to ensure fog is coming from the opening Replace the fill plug and remove nozzle from Valve B opening Step 5 Push open the bottom load stop with blunt instrument and keep open Place nozzle into opening and spray for 2 5 minutes Close Valve F and open Valve A again spray for 2 5 minutes Close Valve A and remove nozzle from bottom load stop M969 Models spray Valve B and cap area then go to step 7 Step 6 Open Valve K and remove drain plug on one of the flow meters Insert nozzle at opening at Valve B and spray for 5 10 minutes Check drain plug on meter to ensure oil is getting there Replace drain plug in the first flow meter and remove
224. orce NO SMOKING rules b Fuel vapors Avoid exposure to fuel vapors for long periods c Bonding Ensure rope on weighted beakers remains in contact with the edge of the manhole cover or gage hatch when lowering or raising the sampler d Nylon clothing Never wear nylon clothing when sampling or handling petroleum products e Protective clothing Wear leather or rubber gloves f Fire Extinguishes Ensure fire extinguishers are within easy reach but where they will be safe from a fire 2 Spill prevention and countermeasures Spill prevention and countermeasures must comply with AR 200 1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement to ensure safety and protection of the environment The following spill prevention and countermeasures should be followed when sampling and handling petroleum products a Avoid spills Fill sample containers carefully and avoid overfilling b Spill clean up Ensure spill clean up materials are on hand and that personnel are familiar with their use c Spill prevention control and countermeasures plan SPCCP Ensure personnel are familiar with the installation SPCCP and know the proper procedures for reacting to fuel spills e Fuel sampling requirements Fuel sample will be performed in accordance with this section and ANSI Z 1 4 Sampling Procedures and Tables for Inspection by Attributes ASTM D4057 American Society for Testing and Materials Vol 05 03 Standard Practice for Manual Sampling of Petroleum and Petro
225. oth engine and compressor indicating Crankcase is filled with MIL PRF 21260 preservative drain and refill with approved oil before operating b High humidity and rainy weather condition can cause deterioration of exposed metal parts Make every effort to protect the paint spray outfit from the elements If the paint spray outfit is not to be used for a period of time protect it by covering with a tarpaulin Keep gasoline tank full to eliminate condensation Remove and clean fuel filter bowel daily Lubricate wheel bearings more frequently than normal b The spray outfit component such as tanks spray guns hoses extension cups and respirators shall be packaged in the chest provided 2 CH storage Requirements are the same as for non CH storage except the high humidity and rainy weather condition are not applicable n Target set surveying 1 Non CH storage a The target set will be preserved and packaged as follows All metal surfaces of the instruments shall be cleaned and dried in accordance with MIL STD 2073 1 Lens and mirror surfaces shall be cleaned with tissue paper conforming to A A 50177 type The unprotected surfaces of instruments and accessories except those instruments and accessories preserved by method 50 requiring a contact preservative in accordance with MIL STD 2073 1 shall be coated with a thin film of MIL PRF 3150 The preservative shall be applied by brushing or wiping Care shall be exercised to prevent t
226. p 12 b Afloat Management 1 Product will be issued out of DLA DSCR stocks as directed by AFSC MMT for each scheduled vessel upload 2 Items with a shelf life of 24 months shall have a minimum 21 months remaining beginning with the time of vessel upload 3 Items with a shelf life of 36 months shall have a minimum of 30 months remaining beginning with the time of vessel upload 4 Upon completion of each APS 3 cycle product will be disposed of through the DRMO or returned to DSCR for restocking AFSC MMT will determine the course of action on disposal or return of items based on the most cost effective solution g Packaged petroleum sampling 1 General Sampling and testing of packaged Supply Class III items provides critical information on the condition of the oils and lubricants which could cause mechanical failure of equipment Additionally sampling and shelf life testing enables Supply Class III P items to be extended for use saving resources and reducing hazardous material disposal costs 3 15 TM 38 470 2 Sampling procedures In order to ensure product integrity and prevent possible contamination packaged products should be submitted in their original containers with the exception of 55 gallon drums Refer to Appendix D for sampling procedures 3 Determining number of packaged samples to be taken Prepositioned stocks are frequently held in large enough quantities so that in many cases a like product will be cont
227. p 3 and match the sample level i across from the Equipment Category in Table 3 3 Note S 3 and G 1 levels are extracted from ANSI Z 1 4 Number of samples is calculated from Single Sampling Plan for Normal Inspection using an AQL of 4 0 to the sampling level TABLE 3 4 TYPE OF SAMPLE FOR TRACKED VEHICLES Type of Vehicle Location of Fuel Cell Type of Sample M1 Left or right front Bottom M1 Left rear Smoke generator pump outlet Bradley Lower Before fuel filter unit M109A6 M992 Left Bottom M113 Left or right rear Bottom 8 Sample Log A log must be maintained to record each sample taken The Petroleum Sample Log assists personnel in tracking fuel quality to the sample source i e storage tank vehicle package product lot batch Figure 3 2 shows an example for completing the sample log 3 14 TM 38 470 9 Shipping Samples taken under the APS petroleum quality surveillance program are considered hazardous material and must be shipped in accordance with international and Federal regulations Only UN 1A1 approved containers of the type identified in Appendix D should be used to ship fuel samples Sampling activities should contact their installation shipping office for instructions on required packaging and marking of containers for package products since requirements vary depending on the type of item Samples should be mailed to the USAPC or a laboratory designated by the USAPC ATTN AMSTA LC CUJPT Bldg 85 3
228. pecialized Triple Containers TRICONS It provides instructions with associated drawings and packing lists for each component Procedures commonly used by the military for long term storage have been incorporated Contact Product Manager Petroleum and Water Systems at PAWSHELP tacom army mil Phone 810 574 4143 or FAX 810 574 3988 DSN prefix is 786 SECTION XIII WATERCRAFT 5 13 Detailed preservation requirements These instructions contain general preservation procedures applicable to all watercraft prepositioned at Kuwait Naval Base KNB Kuwait and Yokohama North Dock YND Japan Procedures applicable to specific craft are provided in paragraphs 6 through 9 below a Underwater hull protection Prior to accomplishing the general preservation instructions contained in the following paragraphs the underwater hulls will be cleaned and preserved Accordingly all watercraft will undergo dry docking for required underwater hull repairs overhaul of the sea valves and strainers cleaning and painting and renewal of the cathodic protection system sea chest and hull zincs shaft alignments cutlass bearing renewal etc Dry dock specification shall include 1 Indefinite items for underwater weld repair hull plug welds and plate renewal all of which will be determined after dry docking 2 Routine overhaul of sea valves and strainers 3 Items for cleaning and painting per TB 43 0144 Painting of Watercraft 4 The cathodic pro
229. pecified or dictated by AOAP change every 90 months NOTE Transmissions will be stored in neutral position k Differentials transfer assemblies and power takeoff assemblies Differentials transfer assemblies power takeoff assemblies and other gear driven units except those lubricated by the unit to which they are attached will be filled to the operating level with the applicable grade of new operational oil as specified in the LOs If not otherwise specified or dictated by AOAP change every 90 months l Brake system 1 Non CH Storage Exterior unpainted or threaded surfaces such as cables clevises and linkage of service and parking brakes will be coated with MIL PRF 16173 grade 4 preservative All brake drums and clutch plate assemblies will have a primer coating of A A 52465 applied prior to going into this type of storage For hydraulic brakes the system will be filled with operational hydraulic fluid as specified in the applicable drawing specification or LO Compressor air outlet will be disconnected Compressor equipment with air cleaner will have the cleaners removed and air inlet sealed with tape or covered with plastic A A 3174 6 mil polyethylene and sealed with tape Compressor equipment with air strainers will have the strainers removed and coated with MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 10 preservative oil While the compressor is being operated e g during engine preservation one half ounce of MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 10 will
230. pply to open storage When space permits materiel should be stored in a manner which permits easy entry and movement of equipment A variety of storage patterns are possible in open storage Patterns shown in TM 38 400 are suggested but may be varied to suit conditions b When materiel must be stored in the open sufficient space will be left between rows to allow for removal of individual pieces of equipment without movement of other materiel Planning must be given to provide sufficient space to permit the use of cranes or other materials handling equipment MHE Sufficient space will be provided on sides front and rear to permit inspection and performance of minor repairs such as paint touchup and so forth c When materiel must be placed in open storage roadways between rows will be of sufficient widths to permit removal of individual vehicles without the need for excessive backing and steering to maneuver the vehicle onto the roadway Consideration must be given to providing sufficient space to permit the use of towing equipment and prime movers plus semi trailers When there are not overriding considerations vehicular equipment can be most efficiently stored in relation to the roadway when placed at a moderate angle to the roadway Sufficient space will be provided on the sides front and rear to permit inspection and performance of minor repairs such as flat tires paint touch up etc Aisles are not necessary unless a double row of vehicles
231. preserved in accordance with MIL STD 2073 1 method 33 or 31 and secured inside the container d The generator set when furnished shall be preserved in accordance with Level A requirements of PPP G 2919 except that instead of bolting to a shipping container base the generator set shall be bolted through the barrier material to the refrigerated container floor frame with the fasteners provided A cover shall be provided consisting of ends sides and top constructed in accordance with ASTM D6251 for an overseas type style box e The refrigeration unit when furnished shall be preserved with MIL PRF 16173 grade 2 or MIL C 11796 class 3 The exterior portion of the refrigeration unit shall be completely covered with a shroud made from material conforming A A 3174 The shroud shall be sealed to the container around the unit with tape conforming to ASTM D5486 f The refrigerated container shall not require over packing 2 CH storage The refrigerated container will be the same as for non CH storage except the generator sets shall be preserved in accordance with Level B requirements and the generator covers shall be fabricated as specified for domestic type box k Trailer mounted field kitchen 1 Non CH storage The components and equipment of the kitchen shall be packed in the center aisle and arranged and secured at the option of the packer The components and equipment of the kitchen shall be adequately protected and secured to prevent
232. procedures which will not be harmful to the items a Application of prepared dry and clean compressed air to items CAUTION Use an oil water separator compressed air supply lines Separator should be located as near as possible to the air outlets but in no case more than 50 feet away Separator should be drained frequently b Wiping the items with clean dry lint free cloths or specially prepared wiping papers c Application of heat using ovens infrared lamps or portable duct heaters SECTION VI MILITARY PACKAGING 5 6 Military preservation and packing Preservation of secondary items shall be in accordance with MIL STD 2073 1 and the Special Packaging Instructions for that item Packing shall be Level A or B Commercial packaging in accordance with ASTM D3951 may be used if it will satisfy the mission requirements 5 6 TM 38 470 SECTION VIII LUBRICATION 5 7 General requirements a Equipment will be lubricated per the applicable lubrication order LO with the following exceptions 1 In lieu of operational oils as specified in LOs use preservative oils of the same viscosity If the operational oil specified in any component is MIL PRF 2104 the oil should be changed to a comparable grade of preservative oil conforming to MIL PRF 21260 2 Turbine engines will utilize the corrosion inhibited type oil under MIL PRF 23699 The NSNs for this are as follows Container NSN 8 OZ 9150 00 180 6266 1QT 9150 00 985 7099 55
233. pylene glycol and water meeting CID A A 52624 Antifreeze Multi Engine Type The 60 40 solutions are recommended for Arctic conditions while the 50 50 solution is a viable less expensive solution for most other conditions These solutions A A 52624 may be retained in engine cooling systems for an extended period of time provided the coolant meets the following requirements a Type ethylene glycol green Freeze Point 62 F 52 C and the Nitrite level requirements minimum of 1200 1400ppm b Type Il propylene glycol purple Freeze Point 56 F 49 C and the Nitrite level requirements minimum of 1200 1400ppm c Testing antifreeze Antifreeze shall be checked during the scheduled maintenance cycle Testing of the system coolant shall include the following 1 Test the Antifreeze Nitrite concentration by using antifreeze test strip that meets the requirements of CID A A 51461C TEST KIT TEST STRIPS AND COLOR CHART ANTIFREEZE FREEZE POINT AND NITRITE CONCENTRATION TYPE II Ideal Nitrite concentration is between 1200 and 1400 PPM NOTE Corrosion protection characteristics of CID A A 52624 antifreeze cannot be tested with reserve alkalinity test strip Coolant supplied under CID A A 52624 must be tested for nitrite concentration rather than reserve alkalinity 2 An Antifreeze and Battery Tester NSN 6630 00 105 1418 can be used only for freeze point test 3 The Antifreeze Freeze Point and Corrosion Test Kit NSN 6630 01 011
234. r As equipment is inspected tested exercised or calibrated resulting data can be channeled to personnel responsible for maintenance of equipment records This will ensure that personnel making the entries are those familiar with what is required and how it is to be entered e Acentral location is recommended for storing TMs required as part of the equipment records This permits a degree of flexibility not possible when stored on or in each piece of equipment Normally the only publications stored with equipment are those required as a part of the logbook and the operator s manual 10 that is a part of the BII All other publications will be brought with the deploying units to accompany troops TAT materiel f Records and reporting requirements for ammunition and munitions should be performed according to a scheduled maintenance cycle and or surveillance inspection plan g Records for medical materiel will be specified by OTSG SECTION Il DA PAM 738 750 THE ARMY MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TAMMS 8 2 Reporting requirements Maintenance reporting equipment will be according to DA Pam 738 750 AR 700 138 and as directed by AFSC SECTION Ill HUMIDITY CONTROL RECORDER CHARTS 8 3 Use and retention a Recorder charts are necessary for quality control surveillance and equipment maintenance Surveillance of hygrothermographs is required in accordance with manufacture s specifications When the CH is functioning properly and wi
235. r activities not associated with cyclic inspections Proofing the process entails determining whether the inputs people methods tooling equipment and materials being employed at each stage of a process are adequate to achieve the desired outcome Skill levels are assessed against the process needs work instructions are examined for adequacy measuring and test equipment is examined for proper type and calibration status other maintenance equipment is examined for capability to meet specified tolerances and requirements purchased materials are examined for proper type and shelf life and the process outcome measured against the specified parameters The results of such process proofing will be documented in a convenient format c Process proofing will provide confidence in those established practices which are in place and provide an opportunity for early identification of problems Section Ill Quality Audits 4 3 The audit function a Quality audits will serve as a preventive tool designed to evaluate systems and processes These audits will be performed by QA specialists representatives on a scheduled basis to verify whether operational maintenance and supply activities comply with planned procedures b QA system audits will be conducted at least annually Audit frequency will be increased on an indication of a process or system breakdown Checklist questions will be developed using the quality directives policy guidance this manual and
236. r two hours in the morning and two hours in the afternoon Operational assessment and fault data TABs shall be called up and printed to HCU when any change in status occurs iii Verify TWPS is performing properly 3 LAUNCHER STATION i The 15KW generator will be checked in accordance with pertinent TM J 1 TM 38 470 ii Both fiber and radio communication with the ECS will be demonstrated Green DDL Fuel and Operate functions will be verified Missile Round Simulators will be used on all ports to verify missile count 4 AMG i Perform all AMG tests in accordance with pertinent TM ii Integrate AMG with a CRG ICC or ECS and verify that the AMG operates and masts rotate jii Verify that amplifier output is within specification this requirement includes the final drive i Perform UHF radio integration with ECS ICC and loop digital data thru all stacks to verify system operability ii Modems will be placed in loop back to ensure their operability iii Integrate AMG with CRG and verify that interface is performing properly b All equipment will be returned to storage configuration at SICO completion J 2 TM 38 470 APPENDIX K USAMMA MEDICAL LOGISTICS SUPPORT TEAM 1 Representing the AMEDD Class VIII commodity is the USAMMA MLST This 32 member team is manned by USAMMA The Team members are a highly skilled group of medical logisticians that perform their MLST requirements in their day to day po
237. rade PE 15 40 preservative oil Operating mechanism of locks will be lubricated with MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 preservative oil MIL PRF 32033 or COTS approved preservatives Vehicles shall not be rust proofed Rubber molding not directly exposed to the elements wherein metal to molding or molding to molding contact is involved that is around doors windows and vents will be dusted with talc technical T1 of A A 59303 Drain holes will remain open Windows and air vents will be closed and secured 2 CH Storage All of the above is required except windows will be left open for ventilation and access once the equipment is placed in storage All cab air vents will be left in open position p Bodies Secure body drains in the open position Hydraulic systems will be filled to operating level with operational hydraulic fluid as specified in the applicable LO Exposed surfaces of the hydraulic ram will be coated with MIL PRF 10924 automotive and artillery grease wrapped with barrier material conforming to type II grade A class 2 of MIL PRF 121 and secured with tape conforming to ASTM D5486 Type IV tape Body drains and ventilators will be placed in an open position to provide all possible ventilation Door hinges latches and operating mechanisms will be lubricated with MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 MIL PRF 32033 or COTS approved preservative oil Doors will be closed Doors may be removed to facilitate access during storage and secured in
238. rage The tool outfit requirement will be the same as for non CH storage except when level 2 equipment is procured the boxes shall be type 1 for domestic shipment j Container refrigerated 1 Non CH storage a The preservation for the refrigerated container shall be as follows When a plywood cover plate is furnished in lieu of the refrigeration unit it shall be installed over the refrigeration unit opening b Fuel tanks fabricated from material requiring the application of a preservative in accordance with the criteria of MIL STD 2073 1 shall be filled with preservative oil conforming to Type or Type II grade 30 of MIL PRF 21260 The oil shall then be completely drained into a recovery container Any removed drain plugs shall be coated with the preservative oil specified and reinstalled The fuel line fitting cap shall be installed on the fuel line c The bare end of the cable shall be wrapped with tape conforming to ASTM D5486 The connector shall be covered with a protective cap or by wrapping the tape The interior surfaces of the exhaust lines shall be atomized sprayed with oil conforming to MIL PRF 21260 Type or Il grade 30 Rain caps shall be secured to prevent opening using tape conforming to ASTM D5486 The glass face of the recorder shall be protected with a piece of plywood placed over and completely covering the glass area The plywood shall be held in place with tape conforming to ASTM D5486 The recorder charts shall be
239. rage of the tester to includes its handling will be in accordance with TM 5 6635 386 12 amp P and the NRC license 21 01222 05 Radiation surveys are required quarterly for all tester storage sites Also see the TACOM web site for updated information 3 8 TM 38 470 Leak Testing The MC 1 tester requires a leak test of the radioactive source every 6 months This applies to testers in storage as well as items in an operational status For further information on leak testing contact the TACOM Warren RSO listed i Shipping Retain the original Tyoe A DOT 7A metal casing packaging and foam pack received The tester shall be in its type A DOT 7A package which is padlocked If a fiberboard over pack is used the words Type A DOT 7A Container Within shall be placed of the over pack with all other required markings Two Yellow II labels and a Cargo Aircraft Only label if applicable must be on the tester package Labels must not be on the top or bottom of the tester package The labels require a radiation reading called Transport Index The package needs to be marked Export if applicable Package marking needs to be Type A DOT 7A Radioactive Material Special Form n o s UN2974 RQ markings shall be at least 1 2 inch in height name amp address of owning organization Only one tester may be shipped per package Radiation and contamination survey is required prior to shipment Vehicle placarding is not required Only Cargo aircraft shipment is
240. ral a AR 740 1 sets forth and defines the policies which apply to the storage of Army materiel The policies covering prepositioning programs require that materiel activities be planned managed and operated as storage operations to the extent military missions permit b APS assets will be configured aboard the vessels or in warehouses in accordance with U S Coast Guard vessels only HQ DA and Office of The Surgeon General OTSG guidance Equipment and containers on APS 3 vessels will be lashed to the decks to prevent movement and should be inspected daily and after every storm Equipment exercising requirements must be considered when planning stowage storage configurations c CH storage is the authorized method for APS materiel 1 Items that do not tend to deteriorate can be excluded from this environment provided approval is given by the AFSC and the appropriate MSC APS office 2 Interiors of APS watercraft Whether in dry or wet storage will have a CH environment d Open storage will only be used for materiel authorized for such storage Materiel requiring CH storage but placed in open storage will need considerably more preservation to minimize deterioration will require increased surveillance to ascertain materiel readiness and increased COSIS e Only materiel which meets Army maintenance standards will be considered ready for storage NICPs will ensure that replacement equipment is sent to the APS location when mater
241. reaseproof Flexible Heat Sealable MIL PRF 46176 Brake Fluid Silicone Automotive All Weather 5 gallons Operational and 9150 01 123 3152 Preservative 55 gallons 9150 01 072 8379 MIL PRF 372 Cleaning Compound 6850 00 224 6658 1 quart Solvent for Bore of Small Arms and Automatic 6850 00 224 6663 1 gallon Aircraft Weapons 6850 00 249 8029 5 gallons MIL PRF 6799 Coatings Sprayable 8030 00 721 9380 5 gallons Strippable Protective Water Emulsion MIL C 11796 Corrosion Preventive 8030 00 598 5915 1 pint Compound Petrolatum Hot Application 8030 00 231 2353 5 pounds 8030 00 285 1570 35 pounds C 2 TM 38 470 SPECIFICATION TITLE NSN ITEM DESCRIPTION MIL PRF 16173 Corrosion Preventive 8030 00 231 2345 1 gallon Compound Solvent Grade 1 Cutback Cold Application 8030 00 244 1299 5 gallons Grade 1 8030 00 244 1297 1 gallon Grade 2 8030 00 244 1298 5 gallons Grade 2 8030 00 062 5866 1 gallon Grade 4 8030 00 526 1605 5 gallons Grade 4 MIL C 81309 Corrosion Preventive 8030 00 546 8637 16 ounces Compounds Water Displacing Ultra Thin Film MIL PRF 10924 Grease Automotive and 9150 01 197 7693 14 ounce Artillery cartridge 9150 01 197 7692 35 pounds can 9150 01 197 7691 120 pounds drum 9150 01 197 7689 6 5 pounds can 9150 01 197 7688 2 25 ounces tube MIL PRF 18458 Grease Wire Rope and 9150 00 530 6814 35 pounds Exposed Gears MIL PRF 83282 Hydraulic Fluid Fire 9150 00 1
242. red and tested for leaks Cooling water will be removed from the unit as per this paragraph Belts and pulleys shall be preserved per this paragraph 16 Electrical equipment a Rotating electrical equipment Motors and generators can endure a lengthy period of exposure without deterioration No preservation is required Ensure that sealed motors exposed to the elements are properly sealed b Switch boards panels and controllers No preservation is required Tie doors on panels and controllers located within the dehumidified area in an open position Panels fitted with removable disks will have the disks removed and enclosure doors closed Ensure that sealed controllers on the exterior exposed to the elements are properly sealed and protected with Herculite covers c Receptacles Non watertight receptacles exposed to the elements will be sealed with glue and pressure sensitive tape d Horns bells buzzers and lights All externally mounted horns bells buzzers and lights provided with waterproof protection will remain in place Units not provided with waterproof protection will be removed identified and stowed in the dehumidified area e Gauges and instruments No preservation required f Sound powered telephones will have the internals removed labeled and stored in a receptacle within the wheelhouse of the appropriate vessel 17 Sewage collecting holding and transfer CHT systems a CHT systems with raw or fr
243. repositioned materiel cycle with the use of minimum level maintenance while in storage and at time of handoff Maintenance will be performed in the appropriate maintenance facility for the level of maintenance as designated by the Maintenance Allocation Chart b Equipment items will not be placed in APS storage unless they meet TM 10 20 level or the equivalent standards without the approval of HQDA OTSG and or U S ARCENT Where TM 10 20 level standards are not available use Government marine survey standards for watercraft or NICP approved commercial standards c Upon receipt materiel under warranty will be operated and inspected for serviceability Warranty claims will be submitted in accordance with DA PAM 738 750 d Army Oil Analysis Program AOAP Oil analysis for ground equipment shall be performed in accordance with DA PAM 738 750 and current DA AMC AFSC guidance as follows 1 When establishing the baseline sample enrollment into the AOAP initial samples should be taken from the current oil in the component The new preservation fluid and filter change will only be performed after you get positive negative results back from the oil analysis lab 2 All equipment prior to being placed into storage shall have operational oil changed and new operational preservative oil installed a Equipment that normally operates on MIL PRF 2104 oil will have the oil drained filters changed and will be filled with new operational preser
244. required maintenance functions needed to maintain the equipment FMC throughout each maintenance cycle Follow appropriate vehicle TMs and all warning plates and decals to ensure safe operation of equipment during exercising Equipment that is preserved level A aboard the vessels will not be deprocessed while afloat unless specifically instructed 2 Land based a Combat vehicles Each vehicle will be exercised at least once every 30 months when stored in a CH environment Combat vehicles in other than CH storage will be exercised at least once every 12 months If vehicles are stored in a non CH environment they will be processed to Level A requirements in accordance with appropriate military specifications All vehicles will be activated and road tested to the extent necessary to power up all systems and subsystems and perform necessary PMCS serviceability and visual inspections and tests and the required maintenance functions needed to repair the equipment at the appropriate maintenance level to established 10 20 standards Prior to return to storage vehicles will be represerved b Tactical vehicles Each vehicle in a CH environment will be exercised at least once during the storage period within the respective maintenance cycle As a minimum each vehicle in CH will be exercised once every 48 months Vehicles processed to Level A and stored in a non CH environment as detailed on the appropriate EPDS will be exercised every 24 months If EPDS
245. resistant fiberboard boxes and close per ASTM D1974 using ASTM D5486 Type IV tape Identify contents on outside of the box m Depending upon available floor space to be utilized the over packed overflow items shall be blocked braced or secured within the shelter This will be accomplished in a manner that will not cause damage to other equipment and permit access into the shelter n For storage of equipment outside shelters remaining items will be placed in wood boxes conforming to ASTM D6251 Close and secure contents within boxes to prevent movement and damage o For shelter interior securing shock mounted equipment shall float free without blocking and bracing Utilize integral tie downs to block brace secure and contain the stored load When built in tie downs or securing devices are not available design and construct a blocking and bracing assembly to support and prevent the load from shifting Fabricate the assemblies using a combination of triple wall weather resistant fiberboard and a wooden support framework Wood blocks may be used as required to supplement the fiberboard fabrication Cushion wood blocks contacting equipment with A A 1051 corrugated fiberboard or triple wall material Loading and packing procedures of the equipment TM should also be reviewed for specific requirements not covered herein p Seal all exterior openings and joints except the door with tape q Install a desiccator s breather assembly
246. rioration shall be preserved Preservatives selected must be sufficient and safe when used for the intended purposes d All combat vehicles have unique vehicle processing specifications for shipment and storage that detail unique requirements and these should be used for specific guidance e Quadrant periscope telescope etc After cleaning p r paragraph 5 4b 4 optics shall be covered with lens tissue A A 50177 and secured with tape CAUTION Tape shall not be allowed to contact lens The tape will damage the coating on the lens f Exterior hatches and doors Rubber seals around hatches and doors will be dusted with talc Where practical and stow permits doors and hatches shall be open to allow for air circulation during stowage g Drains Vents Secure in open position during stored Install screens in drains h When necessary for meeting clearance requirements on the ships items such as radio antennas may be removed and stowed in the vehicle Additional disassembly requirements must be in accordance with the vehicles transportability guidance technical manual Any other disassembly must be approved by the AFSC z Special requirements for CH storage on APS 3 vessels as defined below apply for the M1 tank 1 Reference ATPD 2240 for details on processing Reference Level B for CH Storage 2 Bryaco 599 oil preservative is incorporated into the engine oil MIL PRF 23699 Run the engine until normal operating temperature is
247. rotective suits shall be inspected by first contacting the item manager to see if the lot numbers of the suits are still serviceable If the lot numbers are still serviceable the chemical protective suits will have their unit package i e bag first inspected at Combat Equipment Group Afloat CEG A or the Defense Depot Albany Georgia DDAG At this time if inspection criteria are met the suits will have their next inspection dates extended to the month and year the vessel scheduled to be uploaded with the materiel is due back in for a maintenance cycle and will be remarked as such Once aboard vessel this materiel shall be stored in sealed shipping containers in the temperature and humidity controlled cargo hull of the vessel Additionally suit bags will be inspected 100 percent prior to handoff to the warfighters 2 No shelf life inspection testing for the purposes of extending shelf life will take place aboard the APS 3 vessels while the vessels are afloat Once a vessel comes back to port to Charleston SC or MOTSU NC for cyclic maintenance the CEG A contractor and DDAG respectively shall be responsible for inspecting testing extending and remarking shelf life items 3 The AFSC will inform CEG A and DDAG of any additional exceptions to those outlined in paragraph 2 9 k including outstanding waivers that have been approved SECTION X RELEASE AND LOAN OF APS STOCK 2 10 General a All loans and issues of APS stock must be coordi
248. roughly c Fully extend jack and lubricate all bare metal surfaces with a clean rag dampened with the type of hydraulic fluid that the jack is serviced with d Retract jack e Aviation Ground Power Unit AGPU All towing servicing and preservation of the AGPU will be in strict accordance with TM 55 1730 229 12 CAUTION Towing AGPU with clutch lever engaged will damage drive mechanism 1 Non CH storage is not applicable 2 CH storage Perform PMCS in accordance with Table 3 4 of TM 55 1730 229 12 Step 1 Turbine engine fuel control Pressure APGU fuel control as follows Figure and item numbers refer to TM 55 1730 229 12 1 Disconnect battery 2 Disconnect positive electrical wire at auxiliary fuel pump Secure wire so that accidental contact with frame or components ground cannot occur WARNING The ignition system contains high voltage electricity and can cause injury or death Extreme caution must be used when handling the igniter lead 3 Disconnect igniter plug lead figure 4 58 item 1 from igniter plug figure 4 59 item 2 Secure igniter lead so that accidental contact of lead with engine or frame ground cannot occur 4 Disconnect fuel line figure 4 49 item 1 from fuel nozzle figure 4 49 item 4 o Cap inlet on fuel nozzle ID Connect silicone rubber hose to fuel line figure 4 49 item 1 Place end of hose in a container IN Disconnect fuel inlet line figure 4 48 item 3 from fuel
249. round doors using the following procedures a Insert nylon rope NSN 4020 00 263 3483 or equivalent into gaps around doors This rope will keep the silicone sealant from contacting the neoprene door gasket Insert single strands or double widths according to the width of the gap Leave a 2 to 3 inch length of rope loose at a bottom corner to aid future removal b After inserting rope apply silicone sealant type MIL A 46106 over rope to form a complete seal Ensure that sealant does not contact rubber door gasket Otherwise damage to the gasket may result when removing the sealant Step 11 Complete draw down procedures in accordance with paragraph f 4 steps 12 and 13 6 Procedures for installing a static free breather into a MILVAN NOTE Preferred method for cutting 3 and 1 holes in MILVAN wall is to use a hydraulic knock out set if available Step 1 Using a 3 inch hole saw cut a hole in the MILVAN s right side 9 inches from the metal door frame and 9 inches down from header at the top of MILVAN A 1 2 inch portable electric drill may be used for this procedure Step 2 From inside the MILVAN place adapter plate through the 3 inch hole and mark location for the installation bolt holes Drill four each 9 32 inch diameter holes through the MILVAN wall With gasket in place attach the adapter plate to the MILVAN wall with four each 1 4 inch by 3 4 inch bolts The same adapter plate used in the free breather drum lid is utilize
250. rs recorded will include time expended performing COSIS installing MWOs PMCS and travel between port location and maintenance operations NOTE Operations personnel are required to recycle oil i Air cleaners oil bath type 1 Non CH Storage Fill air cleaner oil bath type to operating level with same preservative oil used in crankcase Interior of air cleaner above oil level will be sprayed with MIL PRF 21260 PE 15 40 and element reinstated Oil bath and dry type air cleaner openings will be sealed with tape conforming to type IV ASTM D5486 tape or covered with 6 mil polyethylene conforming to A A 3174 secured with type IV ASTM D5486 tape 2 CH Storage Fill to operating level with same preservative oil used in crankcase j Transmissions Transmissions that operate on MIL PRF 2104 type lubricating oil will be filled to operating level with preservative oil conforming to MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 10 or PE 15 40 as specified in the applicable LO 5 12 TM 38 470 Transmissions that do not normally operate on MIL PRF 2104 type oil will be filled to operating level with operational oil as specified in the applicable LO Operate through all ranges for a minimum of 1 minute at a sufficient speed to assure lubricant coverage of all interior parts and surfaces CAUTION Transfer case must be in neutral position on some vehicles prior to operating transmission manually through all gearshift ranges Check TMs for procedures If not otherwise s
251. rvatives are hard drying black preservatives If the epoxy paint is used epoxy pre treat MIL PRF 85582 or MIL PRF 23377 the surface and neutralize the box in all cases Valve Regulated Lead Acid Batteries Absorbed Glass Mat AGM and activated flooded lead acid batteries will be maintained in accordance with AFSC Battery Maintenance Management Plan WARNING Charging batteries produce hydrogen gas which is explosive Charge batteries only in well ventilated areas e g battery rooms and don t smoke or allow open flames or sparks anywhere near the battery Always turn off the battery charger before connecting it or disconnecting it from the battery Never attempt to charge a frozen battery because it might explode Allow it to warm to 60 degrees F before hooking up the charger CAUTION If vehicle is equipped with computer always disconnect the battery when charging to ensure the computer is not damaged Chargers include their own instructions Always follow these instructions to the letter Never disregard the safeguards and procedures provided by the manufacturer Generally slow charging is best since there is little chance of damaging the battery by overcharging one of the major causes of battery failure v Inter vehicular jumper cable air lines and safety chains The inter vehicular jumper cable will be secured to the vehicle with tape conforming to ASTM D5486 Type IV or SAE AS33671 tie down strap Tape will completely e
252. s MESs Medical Materiel Sets MMSs Medical Recommended Stockage Lists MRSLs and Dental Equipment Sets DESs in APS AR 40 61 chapter 5 governs all aspects of the Medical Assemblages Program a Major assemblages The medical assemblages stored in APS contain an aggregation of supplies and equipment Each assemblage is designed and developed for a specific purpose and identified by a single NSN The NSN nomenclature and descriptive data of all assemblages in APS are placed on the exterior container for quick and easy identification A packing list and list of initial shortages is furnished with each assemblage Packing list can be found inside the packed containers b Initial preservation packaging and packing The initial preservation and packing of items will be done at an assembly depot APS land based site or the Combat Equipment Battalion Hythe Packaging will be in accordance with military packaging requirements prescribed in FM 38 701 The methods used for packaging provide ready accessibility to facilitate use or to maintain the assemblage in a serviceable state All major medical assemblages are packed in reusable containers c Long term storage LTS Medical equipment stored in assemblages will be prepared for LTS and packed in accordance with appropriate military specifications for packaging and will be subjected to a cyclic surveillance program as prescribed in appendix M of AR 702 18 This equipment is packed to maximum mili
253. seaeeteaeeseaeeseaeeseaeenaes le SPOMGY meno T A O des ei reece ll General csere enesesse anaa heed e yo AEE ati den ans ETRA EE Ea EE EES ASEA Il PIanNNO serisinin cease ce caget te cusated epvvcaeg ncecg qeandees exsaate nad aceecaeescescnssanevesiwaseedact ads IV Activation and Deprocessing 0 cceeesceeeeeneeeeeenneeeeeeaeeeeneaeeeeeneaeeeeesaaeeesenaeeeeneneeeeeenaaes Section l General orir erccrnnt annaa enda ae a Eea Ea Se Kaa aan aaae daaa ll DA Pamphlet 738 750 The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS Ill Humidity Control Record Charts cccceecceeesceseeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeseaeeeeaeessaeessaeeseaeenaes IV Readiness Reporting siessen enaena aaa elie eee PAGE APPENDICES GENERAL REFERENCES vs icec cis sccessstceseecnesssnavtecesecesscecnetseesceeesbteaieereiodee radiero oreari di dheceeetoateter sence A 1 PACKAGING AND CARETAKER EQUIPMENT AND SUBSTITUTE PACKAGING MATERIALS cass cece hscact coc tecet cece ccecccdeececea ned acdc hictelevereelas SPECIFICATIONS AND NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER FOR PACKAGING MATERIALS cecceecceseneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeseneeseaeeseaeeseaeeseeeeseaeeeeeeensa ternate caeeeeeeesaes C 1 D PETROLEUM SAMPLING PROCEDURES AND EQUIPMENT cccececeseeeeeeeeteees tesine cteeeeeeeeees D 1 CALCULATING SAMPLE SIZE AND REQUIRED SAMPLE QUANTITY FOR TESTING stesticcssceusictiooi nenir e E BRS ean Gillie AOAP SAMPLING PROCEDURES AND SUPPLIES 10 0 ecceeecceeeeeeeee
254. senior medical Command amp Control C2 organization in the theater to determine priorities for transfer and onward movement of medical units 8 The MLST will transition their mission to the theater MEDLOG battalion or Medical Logistics Management Center MLMC Upon completion of the APS transfer mission the USAMMA MLST will receive assignment instructions from the Commander USAMMA in conjunction with the senior medical C2 organization in the theater When the mission transition is completed the MLST will be redeployed to CONUS At the completion of the contingency operation the MLST may be redeployed to the AO to support the redeployment of US forces and medical materiel from the AO to follow on CONUS or Outside Continental United States OCONUS locations 9 The MLST has supported recent contingencies in South West Asia They routinely execute the sustainment requirements for the USAMMA Strategic Capabilities and Materiel Directorate SCMD which manage Class VIII APS items For further information on the MLST refer to FM 100 17 1 amp 2 or contact USAMMA Chief Force Sustainment Division DSN 343 4356 or commercial 301 619 4356 TM 38 470 MLST Commander Mat Fielding Opns Maint Off Civ Exec Asst APS Fwd Site Mgr Materiel Opns Officer F F Med Supply Spec 2 wd Site Personnel QA Specialist Log Asst Spec Hospital Transfer Tm 1 Hospital Transfer Tm 2 Non Hospital Trans Tm Non Hospital Trans Tm 2 Team C
255. shioning on projections to protect the cover j Self propelled vehicles on APS 3 vessels should be stored with their fuel tanks cells not less than 3 4 full except for the M1 tank fuel cells will be filled to 1 2 capacity Non self propelled equipment such as generators heaters and so forth can be stored with or without fuel Residual diesel fuel will be treated as specified herein Fueling operations should be conducted at the staging areas at the seaport of debarkation NOTE Gasoline burning equipment will be stored without fuel k Vehicles and other powered equipment at land based sites can be stored with full fuel tanks if local building codes and environmental laws permit It is recommended that fueling operations for Phase 3 Issue be conducted directly outside the building if spill containment is available If spill containment is not available vehicles should be towed to a fuel point In specific instances whereby spill containment is installed in a warehouse fueling operations may be conducted in the building with the site commanders authorization JP 8 is the preferred fuel for all APS equipment No gasoline or Naphtha based fuels i e gasoline JP 4 aviation gasoline will be stored with the equipment in storage Where diesel fuel is used it must be treated see paragraph 5 9 e 1 b SECTION Ill OPEN STORAGE 2 3 Planning and operations a The restrictions imposed on storage patterns in covered facilities do not a
256. sible including a complete mailing address the first time An activity code will be provided to the submitting activity based on the address provided Samples sent after the initial submission should thereafter indicate the activity code in the FROM block along with the organization title and vessel name Refer to FM 10 67 2 for further guidance on completing the Petroleum Sample Tag TABLE 3 2 EQUIPMENT CLASSIFICATION AND SAMPLING LEVEL Equipment Category Sampling Level Wheeled vehicles under 21 2 ton and over generators S 3 Wheeled vehicles 21 2 ton and over material handling equipment S 3 Petroleum tank vehicles containing bulk fuel and fixed bulk storage tanks G 1 M1 tanks M88 recovery vehicles Bradley APC s M109A6 M992 G 1 All other tracked vehicles S 3 Calculating number of samples for each equipment category Step 1 Categorize all equipment from data obtained in the AWRDS inventory report Step 2 Calculate total for each equipment category TABLE 3 3 SAMPLE QUANTITIES BY EQUIPMENT CATEGORY Equipment Total Number of Samples Number of Samples by Category in S 3 Level in G 1 Level 2 TO 8 3 3 9 TO 15 3 3 16 TO 25 3 2 26 TO 50 3 5 51 TO 90 5 2 91 TO 150 5 13 151 TO 280 13 13 281 TO 500 13 20 Step 1 Locate appropriate range in Equipment Total by Category column that applies to figure obtained in Step 2 Table 3 4 Step 2 Read across from the range obtained in Ste
257. sible or at the first unscheduled issue contingency exercise or scheduled maintenance cycle 2 Equipment will not be disturbed for accomplishing routine MWOs These will be applied at the time of scheduled cyclic maintenance b Advantage should be taken of imminent inspections scheduled maintenance or projected military exercises in planning for the application and verification of MWOs TM 38 470 Stages of corrosion Description Discoloration staining no direct visual evid ence of pitting or other surface damage Painted surfaces This condition does not require immediate corrective action Exterior machine surface functional and nonfunctional This condition does not require immediate action other than re processing as necessary Interior machine surface functional and nonfunctional This condition does not require immediate action other than re processing as necessary Remarks Use as is except in the case of elevating cylinders subjected to functional wiping action Remove cor rosion using crocus cloth Loose rust black or white corrosion ac companied by minor etching and pitting of surface No scale or tight rust Clean by any appli cable process Touch up with paint as originally applied Clean exercise and reprocess Clean exercise and reprocess In the case of elevat ing cylinders sub jected to functional wiping action re move corrosion by use o
258. sitions The MLST has medical maintenance ground maintenance and supply personnel The MLST can perform its mission in the most austere environments and is equipped with TEMPER ISO Tactical Shelters automation and communication equipment Weight and cube requirements for the MLST s deployment is 45 000 pounds or 4 000 cubic feet which will fit in one C 130 or one C 141 2 The MLST is a Table of Distribution amp Allowances TDA organization consisting of Medical Logistics MEDLOG personnel military Department of the Army civilians and contractors from the USAMMA 3 The MLST normally requires augmentation from the gaining tactical unit GTU or a MEDLOG unit to complete its mission 4 The MLST will normally deploy under the operational control OPCON of AMC LSE The MLST supports the reception staging and onward movement issue of APS unit sets and sustainment stock pre positioned in the Area of Operations AO or pushed in from the AFLOAT program or Continental United States CONUS 5 The MLST will provide medical materiel and maintenance capability equipment accountability and transfer support of reception operations at aerial and seaports of debarkation in support of the APS transfer mission This includes the introduction of additional Class VIII materiel not previously pre positioned 6 The MLST remains OPCON to the LSE until the establishment of a Theater Support Command TSC 7 The MLST coordinates with the
259. ssembly with MIL PRF 21260 PE 15 40 preservative oil Seal all openings with MIL PRF 121 type I grade A barrier material and secure with ASTM D5486 type IV tape 2 CH storage No further processing is required after cleaning as specified in paragraph 1 a above t Heaters duct type portable 1 Non CH storage Exposed ferrous metal surfaces should be covered with MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 preservative Preserved surfaces contacting other surfaces are to be covered or wrapped with MIL PRF 121 grade A barrier secured with ASTM D5486 type IV tape Seal all openings with approved covers or MIL PRF 121 grade A class 1 barrier material secured with ASTM D5486 type IV tape 2 CH storage No preservative required u Bath units 1 Non CH storage Fog combustion chamber exhaust tubes exhaust pipe and burner nozzles with MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 10 preservative Seal blower assembly and exhaust port with MIL PRF 121 grade A class 1 barrier material secured with ASTM D5486 type IV tape Seal openings in shower stands and shower heads with MIL PRF 121 grade A class 1 barrier material secured with ASTM D5486 grade IV tape 2 CH storage No preservation required v Laundry units 1 Non CH storage Coat all bare ferrous metal surfaces that do not contact other surfaces in operation with MIL PRF 16173 GR 1 preservative Surfaces contacting each other in operation will be coated with MIL PRF 10924 grease All open
260. stor Liner NSN 2835 01 076 6092 This item contains radioactive material thorium 232 Th 232 The radioactive material is in magnesium metal The amount of the radioactive material is 0 908 microcuries lb of alloy and the activity is 002 microcuries per gram It provides a heat resistant liner for the engine of the M 1 series tank TB 43 0216 and TB 43 0116 can identify the radioactive liner Also the liner containing thorium maybe distinguished from a liner without thorium by using a radiacmeter and by its NSN The non radioactive liner s NSN is 2815 01 422 9131 The radioactive liner is not marked with any radiation marking or symbol Storage and Handling It is prohibited to repair liner combustors or to treat process them physically chemically or metallurgically Replacement is allowed only if the old liner is turned in Repair condemnation or disposal is not authorized below depot specialized activity level Combustor liners will be disposed of in accordance with AR 11 9 Shipping Shipment of the liner in the vehicle requires no special procedures However if the liner is removed then shipment will be in accordance with 49 CFR and any other pertinent regulations Emergency procedures See TB 43 0216 for emergency procedures Immediately contact the installation RSO or the TACOM Warren RSO in the event of loss damage or contamination of the liner 4 Vehicle Radium Dials Gauges The dials gauges may be on vehicles built prior to the 19
261. surface under the bore evacuator of the cannon will be coated with MIL PRF 3150 preservative oil Excess oil will be allowed to drain from coated surfaces A strip of VCI treated material will be cut and rolled into a tube as long as the cannon chamber and bore with the VCl treated surface on the outside when not stored in a CH environment All unpainted surfaces of the breech block breech mechanism and firing mechanism will be coated with MIL PRF 10924 Grade A grease Cannons with unpainted barrel surfaces will require a coating of MIL PRF 10924 Grade A grease on these surfaces The muzzle end of the cannon including the muzzle brake will be covered with a bag fabricated from A A 3174 polyethylene film 6 mil thick black Secure cover in place in a manner which will prevent entrance of air and moisture using tape The breech shall be closed On M1A1 tank turrets the travel elevation and transverse locks shall be secured and the exterior ballistics door to the gunner s primary sight shall be locked Perform a zero pressure check 2 CH Storage Above applies except that the muzzle will not be capped and either MIL PRF 3150 MIL PRF 22160 PE 15 40 or MIL PRF 63460 CLP will be used as a preservative oil Do not use VCI material or cap muzzle b Recoil mechanism Accessible machined surfaces of the cannon immediately forward of the recoil mechanism will be coated with MIL PRF 10924 automotive and artillery grease 5 20 TM 38 470 c Ele
262. systems are not maintenance free and therefore require a moderate amount of inspection and preventive maintenance A CH environment shall have a relative humidity RH level of 40 percent Care shall be taken to prevent the RH from dropping below 30 percent or rising about 50 percent for extended periods of time The best environment is one where the temperature is maintained between 60 80 degrees Fahrenheit Equipment stored in these conditions does not require extensive preservation and exercising b If vehicles are to be operated for issue or exercising all hulls or warehouse doors should be opened and blowers if equipped used to remove exhaust gases Safety personnel should be present to monitor the air quality and are authorized to discontinue exercising requirement until the air quality is at an acceptable level The AFSC and the MSC APS Office must be notified of any specific model vehicle equipment not being exercised and the reasons for not exercising c Cargo doors personnel hatches and other accesses to storage areas will be kept closed and secured except for essential entry exit while personnel are working During scheduled vehicle engine exercising humidity control equipment should be shut down if hulls are opened If shut down CH equipment should be returned to service immediately upon completion of the exercising Cargo doors at both ends of a building will not be opened at the same time unless simultaneous withdrawal from both en
263. t Presently aircraft are not authorized for APS storage however aviation support equipment is authorized b Tool kits and sets 1 Non CH storage Not applicable 2 CH storage Kits and sets will be biannually inspected for condition and completeness Components will be cleaned and protected as required Non electrical metal components will be wiped with a rag dampened with preservative oil Components will be returned to and properly positioned in containers or tool box as appropriate c Air mobile shelters 1 Non CH storage is not applicable 2 CH storage a Open shelter and inspect shelter and tentage for damage Repair as necessary in accordance with TM 55 4920 376 14 amp P b Preserve uploaded tool kits and sets in accordance with paragraph 5 14b above c Clean shelter and tentage inside and out with a mild detergent solution Rinse and dry thoroughly d Clean grounding rod and tent poles and laterals Tape together with ASTM D5486 type IV tape Stow flat on floor diagonally e Clean electrical cables and coils and tape together with ASTM D5486 type IV tape f Fold tentage and stow in shelter g Apply a small quantity of lubricant to each hinge and cover hasp h Lower hinged cover and secure locking hasp 5 48 TM 38 470 d Hydraulic jacks 1 Non CH storage is not applicable 2 CH storage a Inspect for leaks and damage Repair as required b Clean jack with mild detergent and dry tho
264. t exceed capacity of the pressure regulator Disconnect nitrogen cylinder and place caps on right and left hand valves f Lifting devices will be inspected for damage leaks or other deterioration during cyclic maintenance and will be tested per OSHA standards ancl TB 43 0142 g Padlocks in open storage will have their interiors coated with MIL PRF 32033 h Vehicle batteries All APS 3 equipment will use AGM or gel batteries to the maximum extent possible All ground mobility equipment in APS 3 that contain flooded lead acid batteries e g 6TMF will have batteries replaced every maintenance cycle with the latest configuration military battery 5 3 TM 38 470 i Bulk Fuel Tankers M967 M969 amp M978 If the fuel tanker has residual JP 8 and there has been no contamination of the system and no tank maintenance is required there should be no need to clean or purge the tanker Guidance on fuel reuse disposal recycling etc will be provided by the Army Petroleum Center Every maintenance cycle all fuel tankers must be inspected and TM 10 20 maintenance performed following all safety requirements of the appropriate TMs PMCS accomplished leak tested following requirements for test and inspection in CFR Title 49 Para 180 407 utilizing Vapor Integrity Test Kit Procedures The tank must then have the same fuel that the tanker will be filled with flushed thru the tanker system to verify that there are no leaks in the seals fittings v
265. t may be made by any service member or Department of the Army civilian employee through their MACOM to LOGSA for final decision by HQ DA 8 2 APPENDIX A GENERAL REFERENCES A A 289 Brushes Acid Swabbing A A 1051 Paperboard Wrapping and Cushioning A A 3174 Plastic Sheet Polyolefin A A 1451 Twine Fibrous A A 1898 Cushioning Material Cellulosic Packaging A A 1936 Adhesive Contact Neoprene Rubber A A 50177 Paper Lens A A 50185 Cloth Batiste Cotton Polishing A A 52408 Preservative Coating Rubber for Rubber Surfaces A A 52557 Fuel Oil Diesel for Posts Camps and Stations A A 52465 Primer Coating Synthetic VOC Compliant for Brake Drums A A 52624 Antifreeze Multi Engine Type A A 59133 Cleaning Compound High Pressure Steam Cleaner A A 59303 Talc Technical AR 11 9 Army Radiation Safety Program AR 40 61 Medical Logistics Policies and Procedures AR 190 11 Physical Security of Arms Ammunition and Explosives AR 190 13 Army Physical Security Program A 1 TM 38 470 TM 38 470 AR 190 51 Security of Unclassified Army Property Sensitive and Non Sensitive AR 200 1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement AR 220 1 Unit Status Reporting AR 380 4 DA Physical Security Program In The National Capital Region AR 380 5 Department of the Army Information Security Program AR 385 55 Prevention of Motor Vehicle Accidents AR 700 48 Management of Equipment Conta
266. t vehicle amp 6 2 h charge batteries Alternately charge batteries using fast or trickle chargers IAW TM 9 6140 200 14 12 months 30 months For combat vehicles perform all exercises ICW cyclic 6 3 c 2 a amp maintenance Start up Road Test Power up all systems amp 6 3 c 3 b subsystems 24 months 48 months For tactical vehicles perform all exercises ICW cyclic 6 3 c 2 b amp maintenance Start up Road Test Power up all systems amp 6 3 c 3 b subsystems 180 days min Start bring up to normal operating temperature run gearbox 6 3 c 1 N A 4 times while through gear range with transmission in neutral afloat A Afloat only F 180 days min Power up all systems amp subsystems to do limited technical 6 3 c 1 L N A 4 times while inspections LTI amp FMC maintenance O afloat A Afloat only T N A 180 days Exercise all hydraulic systems w start up 6 3 c 3 c Vehicles w Turrets 180 days 180 days Rotate 360 degrees 3 rotations each direction raise and 6 3 c 3 a cupolas lower main guns Exercise recoil mechanisms IAW TB 9 main guns 1000 234 13 Raise M109 to max QE All exercises accomplished in place to maximum extent possible M48 M60 AVLB 180 days 365 days Raise launcher system and launch retrieve bridge 3 times 6 3 c 3 c 1 M728 180 days 365 days Turret rotated gun elevated and depressed recoil system 6 3 c 3 c 2 boom hydraulics and dozer system exercised Perform 2 complete raise and
267. tains small amounts of radioactive thorium These include night vision devices and the gunner s primary site 2 Handling precautions Care should be taken in the handling of these optical components to avoid inhalation and or ingestion of any dust or flakes from lens that has been inadvertently chipped or scratched Immediate first aid should be given to anyone receiving a cut caused by broken and or chipped thorium fluoride ThF4 coated lenses Prompt cleansing of the wound to minimize entrance of thorium particles into the body is essential and the RSO must be notified at once Wearing gloves to handle lenses provides protection from contaminated dust on chipped or broken thermal lenses DO NOT vacuum sweep or use high pressure air to clear ThF4 from the work area Carefully clean or gently blot the surface to remove chipped particles Maintenance personnel should wash their hands with mild soap and water after handling the thermal lens or window 3 Consult the appropriate TM for additional guidance and to determine the level of authorized maintenance 4 TB 43 0255 Disposition Disposal Information for CECOM Radioactive Commodities 1 Oct 98 provides basic disposition instructions and summarizes the requirements for the safe handling disassembly and removal of radioactive components contained in CECOM managed radioactive commodities 5 TB 43 0137 Transportation Information for CECOM Radioactive Commodities 1 Sept 98 summarizes the basic reg
268. tary protection which will provide adequate protection to equipment for maintenance cycles not to exceed 5 years d Maintenance of medical assemblages 1 All MESs and MMSs MRSLs and DESs that have been placed in APS 3 LTS will require COSIS every 24 30 months unless the sets have been used prior to the scheduled COSIS date The same equipment prepositioned at land based sites will be scheduled for reconstitution per USAMMA established fielding schedules unless the sets have been used prior to the scheduled reconstitution date USAMMA has the responsibility to reconstitute all APS sets stored in land based sites and afloat USAMMA is responsible for directing of all medical assemblages in APS USAMMA will reconstitute sets based on the most recent unit assemblage listing UAL Deployable Medical System DEPMEDS Hospitals will undergo reconstitution upgrades per USAMMA established fielding schedules Serviceability inspections and performance testing of equipment will be performed during the reconstitution of the medical assemblages 5 44 TM 38 470 2 APS 3 exclusionary items will require push packages to be shipped upon notification of handoff USAMMA will maintain asset visibility to the component level detail 3 USAMMA is responsible to order replacement stores provide disposition for excess cross leveling and procurement of any new requirements e Storage of medical sets 1 CH storage No additional preservation w
269. tecting sets shall be palletized The pallets shall conform to NN P 71 Type IV Load arrangement shall conform to load pattern 3 Append D of MIL HDBK 774 The height of the pallet including the load shall not exceed 43 inches The detecting sets shall be secured to the pallet with a total of five primary and secondary straps Straps shall conform to ASTM D3953 type or IV finish A b Clothing repair shop 1 Non CH storage a The preservation for clothing repair shop shall be as follows The trailer chassis shall be preserved in accordance with MIL STD 3003 b The sewing machine head shall be removed from each sewing machine and the exterior uncoated metal surfaces cleaned with solvent conforming to MIL PRF 680 Exterior surfaces cleaned as specified and all interior surfaces of each machine head except sealed oil reservoirs shall be thoroughly coated with MIL PRF 3150 preservative All sharp projecting edges on the machine shall be covered with a minimum of 1 4 inch thick cushioning material conforming to type II class B of A A 1898 and the cushioning material secured in place with cord or twine Cushioning material placed against preserved surfaces shall be prevented from contacting the preservative by the use of barrier material conforming to type II grade A of MIL PRF 121 Each machine head shall then be placed in a bag confirming to 5 27 TM 38 470 type I class E of MIL DTL 117 and the bag closed by heat sealing Machine h
270. tection system zinc configuration shall be type ZHC or ZSS bolt on zincs and shall be installed per TB 43 0144 NOTE To alleviate a potential deterioration problem with the underwater paint system all underwater surfaces must be washed down with fresh clean water immediately after each craft is removed from the water for dry storage or maintenance It is important that all marine growth and slime be removed Extreme care shall be exercised to prevent damage to the underwater paint systems during wash down b General preservation instructions 1 Equipment systems and machinery of each watercraft will be processed per the following general instruction Dehumidification will be processed per paragraphs 6 through 9 below Once the watercraft are preserved and subsequently stored either land cradled in dry storage or moored in wet storage the interiors will remain in an unlighted condition to preclude or minimize common bacteria growth 2 Engines main propulsion generator fire pumps and anchor winch a Lubrication systems At the beginning of each preservation cycle i e after cyclic maintenance exercise or contingency the crankcases and lubricating systems of all engines will be drained and refilled to operating level with MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 preservative lubricating oil Upon completion of preservation the preservative oil will remain in the engines A tag will be prepared for each engine and attached to or near
271. ted with MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 28 Galley equipment A light coat of MIL C 10382 vegetable oil will be applied to those surfaces of galley equipment vulnerable to corrosion such as grill tops and so forth Oven doors will be locked and wired open Oil burners of galley ranges will be drained Doors on refrigerators will be blocked and wired open for ventilation 29 Sanitary drains All drain traps shall be drained Plugs will be removed to drain the systems and stored ina suitable receptacle adjacent to the fitted position 30 Fixed fire fighting systems Systems shall be ready for service Systems will be tested and certification stored in the appropriate vessel s files 31 Equipment removal LCM radio mounts horns life ring mounts light masts screen wipers and well deck stanchions will be removed and stored within the appropriate vessel with the dehumidification boundaries CAUTION Some of the LCU s have a HALON System that is controlled by a manual automatic switch located in the switchboard room During storage the switch will be placed in manual position Do not vent this system The others have a FM 200 system that is controlled by manual or automatic switches All will eventually have the FM 200 system fitted c Special preservation instructions 1 Batteries After all other preservation has been accomplished and the need for the installed batteries no longer exists the battery cables shall be disconnecte
272. tenance cycle and during preparation for storage include 1 Initial survey depreservation in process survey and final survey to include trials if necessary 2 Function testing of all operational systems to include all safety systems 3 Correction of all defects to conform with 10 20 FMC requirements 4 Accomplishment of PMCS 5 AOAP samples taken for analysis 6 Painting 7 Equipment servicing 8 Preservation for storage 9 Arrangement for depot level support if required work exceeds the site s capabilities 3 19 TM 38 470 10 All equipment improvements including normal MWO application 11 Assurance that equipment records are current 12 Necessary exercising dock or sea trials 13 Load testing per TB 43 0142 14 Inspection of secondary items 15 Repackaging of secondary items to include replacement of damaged or obsolete items d Maintenance functions while forward stored include 1 Surveillance inspections for COSIS applications 2 Conduct COSIS 3 Urgent and limited urgent MWO applications as practical 4 Installation of deferred maintenance parts and components as practical 5 Upload of items not requiring maintenance effort 6 Check of all shelf life items and replacement as appropriate e Maintenance functions to be performed by the OPP during issue include Required depreservation Battery checks installation and services Fueling Activation of a
273. ter the exposure and then gradually raise the kVp to continue the process e Do not attempt to continue the seasoning process of any tube unit if the initial instability or arcing reoccurs at the same kVp level Arcing inside the tube unit is usually audible as cracking spitting or hissing sound become louder and more frequent as the kVp is increased 2 Additional sterilizer parts Due to long term storage several parts of the Sterilizer Surgical Field NSN 6530 00 926 2151 could fail to operate when first tested The parts that are known to fail will be added to the initial fielding kit for the sterilizer The kits and the spare parts are located with the medical maintenance set 3 Medical equipment repairers At the time of issue medical equipment repairers MERs MOS 91A will be responsible for unpacking testing and calibrating medical equipment prior to use The brigade hospitals and minimal care detachments must ensure that this MOS is attached and deployed with the equipment TM 38 470 4 Push packages For APS 3 those component items with special storage and handling codes which were excluded from the packed portion of the assemblage to maintain security prevent deterioration and avoid such damage to packed components as corrosive leaks and items with a shelf life will be sent as a push package All other APS sites should maintain components on site 5 Battery powered equipment a Batteries use
274. teriel migrating to a lower condition code If the material requires laboratory testing 9 months prior to the inspect test date the APS site shall first check if the material has been extended by accessing via Internet the DOD Quality Status Listing QSL at the Defense Supply Center Richmond DSCR web site http Awww dscr dla mil If the QSL does not have any test results available and the materiel requires laboratory test the APS site shall request disposition instructions from the managing ICP SICC While the APS sites waits for the laboratory test results on a shelf life item or the disposition instructions from the managing ICP SICC the item shall be downgraded from supply condition code A to B to C to J IAW timeframes specified in Appendix B bf DOD 4140 27 M When it is determined by the managing ICP SICC that the supply condition code J asset will not be extended the ICP SICC shall check if the item can be used to fill retail requisitions If not the material shall be classified supply condition code H and processed for disposal thru either the DRMO or local contractor IAW local procedures In accordance with DOD policy materiel shall not remain in condition code J for longer than 90 days Once the materiel passes the inspection test the APS site shall establish a new inspect test date for the item and condition code and the materiel will be extended from the date it was inspected tested and remarked with the revised inspect test date 2 7
275. th a 50 50 solution of water and military antifreeze A A 52624 ensuring the engines are in a ready to run status 4 Raw water systems Engines raw water systems including piping coolers and engine mounted pumps shall be drained and flushed with fresh clean water This shall be accomplished by removing installed drain plugs and or breaking lines at convenient accessible low points for the fresh water flush and blowing dry with compressed air At the beginning of this evolution the system sea valves shall be secured wire closed and not reopened until activation After all systems lines pumps are drained flushed and blown dry plugs shall be reinstalled and broken lines shall be reconnected leaving the system intact and ready for service 5 Governors Hydraulic type Fill to operating level with MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 preservative oil 6 Reduction gears a Hydraulic type Prior to engine preservation the hydraulic reduction gears systems will be inspected for proper fluid level and contamination Add MIL PRF 2104 combat tactical engine oil grade 30 to bring to operating level or if contaminated drain and flush with operating fluid OE HDO 30 Cleaned systems will be filled to operating level with approved fluid OE HDO30 and operated during the preservation cycle of the engines Any exposed ferrous surfaces control rods linkages and so forth will be coated with MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 preservative oil b Enc
276. th preservative oil MIL PRF 21260 Grade PE 10 1 the engine will be cranked for 10 seconds Remove the preservative oil supply line and reconnect the fuel supply lines and open the fuel shut off valves Drain filters remove filter elements and replace with new elements and gaskets Level A vehicle processing requirements for each vehicle model contain unique engine vehicle processing requirements and should be reviewed prior to processing engines for outside storage 2 CH Storage Engines will be preserved as in 1 above or as an alternate may be stored fueled as long as the fuel is JP 8 Fuel quality must be monitored and combat vehicles exercised ever 24 months and tactical vehicles exercised every 48 months see chap 6 y Combat Equipment 1 Non CH Storage Combat equipment should not be stored in open storage When absolutely necessary and storage time will exceed 90 days process equipment to Level A requirements provided by the appropriate Major Subordinate Command and paragraph a through x above as appropriate 2 CH Storage Process combat equipment as follows a As appropriate the guidance of paragraph a through w above applies b Vehicles will be clean including battery supports and retainers seats gun and fire control periscopes vision blocks etc The cleaning process shall not permit liquid to enter interior compartments and cause damage or deterioration c Any vehicle surface susceptible to corrosion or dete
277. thin the prescribed limits of RH no action is required However corrective action must be taken immediately as indicated by fluctuating RH levels i e notification of facilities engineers or the locally based engineer contractors b RH charts will be maintained for 1 year by the responsible facility engineer project inspection personnel TM 38 470 SECTION IV READINESS REPORTING 8 4 Readiness reporting a HQ AMC will report readiness on a quarterly basis for APS in accordance with AR 220 1 utilizing input from subordinate activities U S ARCENT and USAMMA b Special reports are required whenever a significant change occurs due to extraordinary circumstances such as windstorm hurricane tornado or other critical incident The report will be prepared as a partial report to show the changed condition c HQ DA SMR is the approval authority for all excused reporting requirements e g training d Requests for waivers or deviations from the requirements of Materiel Condition Status Reporting AR 700 138 Chapters 4 3 or 4 and requests for additions to or deletions from the equipment reportable items list will be submitted to Commander USAMC Logistics Support Activity ATTN AMXLS RRS Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 7466 LOGSA will forward requests through HQ AFSC to Commander AMC ATTN AMCLG RS to HQ DA Functional staff proponents within ODCSLOG DALO SMR DALO AV and DALO SM W will be responsible for the final decision Reques
278. time should internal combustion engines other than clean burning diesel forklifts be operated within a closed building unless authorized by the site commander Should operation be required equipment must be moved outside or a means of exhausting fumes to the outside provided If vehicles are to be operated for issue all building doors should be opened and blowers used to remove exhaust gases h All CH facilities will have a site plan whereby the integrity of each CH system is periodically evaluated Structural and dry air system inspections must be performed weekly in accordance with DA PAM 205 1 Energy Conservation and RH and temperature data collected and retained for each facility 2 3 TM 38 470 i The use of a tough highly impermeable envelope or tunnel with either a static humidity controlled system or a dynamically controlled dehumidification system requires frequent inspection to ensure the integrity of the system One of the main disadvantages of a static system is the inability to control the dehumidification level Equipment stored in very dry environments e g under 20 percent RH experiences problems such as seals drying out dry rotting etc These types of systems do offer a specific advantage strategic deployment of the shelter Any temporary storage system may require special equipment preparation not covered herein e g a passive concept that evacuates the air and draws an envelop tight to the item requires extensive cu
279. tions will use the non CH storage requirements When there is only one requirement identified it is to be used for both storage environments e The paint color for APS 3 Prepo Afloat Army Regional Flotilla ARF equipment stationed in Diego Garcia ARF 3 and APS 5 is tan The paint color for APS 3 equipment stationed in the Pacific Guam Saipan ARF 1 the Mediterranean ARF 2 and APS 4 is camouflage woodland f Equipment will be marked with UIC identification UIC will appear on both the front and rear of each vehicle Suitable surfaces include bumperette tailgates fenders etc and may be used provided the UIC marking does not conflict with location and legibility of other markings Locate markings on the right side of the front and rear of the vehicle centered vertically on a suitable surface The markings will be uniform letters and numerals of the largest size practical but not to exceed four inches in height as directed by the TB Equipment currently marked with correct UIC will not be remarked until a change in UIC or repairs occur which obscure the current markings 5 7 TM 38 470 SECTION IX TANK AUTOMOTIVE 5 9 Detailed preservation requirements The procedures in this section are in addition to the general preservation instructions in paragraphs 5 3 through 5 8 Storage of the material as prepared in this section is restricted to a Controlled Humidity CH environment unless approved for non CH storage by the AFSC All TACOM
280. tly resulted in a test failure should be excluded from future sampling unless corrective action has been taken to bring the fuel in the specific piece of equipment to an on grade condition D 2 API gravity screening procedures a The purpose of API screening is to ensure equipment intended to be loaded aboard APS 3 vessels contains JP8 or an adequate JP8 DF mixture to prevent microbial growth and provide good cold temperature operability Equipment tested for API Gravity with a reading 37 0 degrees API or above will initially be considered as JP8 or having an adequate JP8 DF mixture to warrant sampling and laboratory testing Equipment having an API Gravity less than 37 0 degrees API will be considered as not adequate for prepositioning until at least 1 2 of the volume of fuel is removed and replaced with JP8 API gravity screening should be performed prior to laboratory sampling on all pieces of equipment except M1 tanks MI tank API screening should be performed after the laboratory sample is taken b API Gravity Screening is conducted by lowering a hydrometer into a hydrometer cylinder that has been filled with liquid fuel from 75 percent 85 percent full and then reading the scale on the hydrometer 1 Inspect the thermo hydrometer to ensure none of the round beads at the bottom are loose Also check the thermometer to ensure there is no separation in the mercury column Discard any thermo hydrometer failing the inspection 2 Clean the s
281. tralize battery cables clamps supports retainers and battery box with a 3 percent solution of boric acid Coat battery cable clamps and terminals with VV P 236 petroleum Wrap cable ends with MIL PRF 131 class 3 barrier material secured with ASTM D5486 type IV tape and secure to battery holder 5 50 TM 38 470 Step 6 Fuel system WARNING Fuel and fuel vapors are extremely flammable To prevent death or injury from fire and explosion do not conduct refueling operations indoors or within 50 feet of any spark open flame maintenance operation operating equipment or building Adequate fire fighting equipment will be immediately available during refueling operations a Position AGPU so that fuel tank drain valve is at lowest position relative to the tank Use a container and open drain valve to completely defuel tank Close drain valve b Spray interior of tank with MIL PRF 6081 Grade 1010 oil c Remove and discard auxiliary fuel filter element d Install new auxiliary fuel filter element Step 7 Hydraulic system Perform all hydraulic servicing operations strictly in accordance with the procedures in TM 55 1730 229 12 Service hydraulic system with MIL PRF 83282 hydraulic fluid only a Replace low pressure 10 micron hydraulic filter and high pressure 3 micron hydraulic filter in accordance with TM b Replace vent dryer desiccant with new MIL D 3716 desiccant in accordance with TM 55 1730 229 12 c Fill hydraulic reservoir
282. tuted 134 Hi Solv may be substituted for MIL PRF 680 Type III NOTE Industry continues to develop environmentally friendly cleaners however not all are acceptable for all military applications LOGSA PSCC should be contacted before using any substitute cleaners not listed above f If the equipment LO authorizes more than one grease or lubricant and a lubricant with preservative value is included use Table C 1 as a guide g A silicone fluid conforming to MIL PRF 46146 Type Group II NSN 8040 01 009 1562 8 OZ may be substituted for GAA grease when preserving cleaned battery terminals B 4 TM 38 470 APPENDIX C SPECIFICATIONS AND NATIONAL STOCK NUMBERS FOR PACKAGING MATERIALS SPECIFICATION TITLE NSN ITEM DESCRIPTION A A 289 Brushes Acid Swabbing 7920 00 543 7728 8 25 long bristle 1 ea 7920 00 514 2417 5 75 long bristle and horsehair 1 ea A A 1051 Paperboard Wrapping 8135 00 290 3402 36 x 250 Roll and Cushioning 8135 00 782 3953 18 x 250 Roll A A 1451 Twine Fibrous 4020 00 233 5990 1500 Ball 12 ply 4020 00 231 5860 2250 Cone 8 ply A A 1898 Cushioning Material 8135 00 989 9889 200 x 24 x 25 Roll Cellulosic Packaging 8135 00 849 7847 100 x 36 x 1 Roll A A 1936 Adhesive Contact 8040 00 779 9595 1 pint Neoprene Rubber 8040 00 058 2399 1 quart 8040 00 754 2685 1 gallon A A 50177 Paper Lens 6640 00 559 1385 7 x 11 100 ea pack A A 50185 C
283. uard personnel to prevent unauthorized access to facilities equipment material and documents and to safeguard against espionage sabotage hostile acts vandalism damage and theft f Military preservation Application of protective measures to minimize deterioration including cleaning drying preservative materials barrier materials cushioning and containers Designed to protect an item during shipment handling indeterminate storage and distribution to consignees worldwide g Serviceability testing Operation of mechanical electrical communication equipment and electronic equipment for a sufficient period of time to ensure equipment is maintained h Storage controlled humidity CH An area wherein the environment s relative humidity RH is controlled and maintained by special equipment at a level that is above 30 and below 50 i Storage non CH enclosed An area in which the temperature and RH are not controlled however it provides protection from direct entry of salt air sun rain and wind j Storage open open deck loaded without CH environment An unenclosed location where materiel will be directly exposed to the elements salt spray deck wash rain and snow while in storage k Containerization A type of transport equipment designed to move goods by one or more modes of transportation without intermediate handling of the contents This includes ISO containers Shelf life items 1 Type An item o
284. ulatory packaging and shipping requirements for transporting CECOM managed radioactive commodities d SBCCOM Commodities 1 SBCCOM manages chemical defense equipment some of which contain radioactive sources These include the M8A1Chemical Agent Alarm System with the M43A1 Chemical Agent Detector Chemical Agent Monitor Improved Chemical Agent Monitor CAM ICAM and the GID 3 M22 Automatic Chemical Agent Alarm ACADA 3 6 TM 38 470 2 In addition to posting requirements list above the M43A1 Chemical Agent Detector the CAM ICAM and ACADA must be leak tested annually Items not leak tested annually will be classified NMC For further information regarding leak testing contact the U S Army Tank Automotive amp Armament Command RSO listed i 3 If a chemical agent alarm detector or chemical agent monitor is damaged don plastic gloves and place the item in a plastic bag Immediately notify the RSO and the U S Army Tank Automotive amp Armament Command licensee point of contact listed i e JMC Commodities Depleted Uranium DU Ammunition 1 There are several models of ammunition that contain a depleted uranium DU penetrator All models fall into federal supply classes 1305 1315 Information on model numbers department of defense identification codes DODIC and national stock numbers can be obtained from the U S Army Operations Support Command 2 This ammunition as APS is to be handled in accordance with a standard ammunition a
285. ultiple Launch Rocket System TM 9 2330 356 14 Operator s Unit Direct Support And General Support Maintenance Manual For Semitrailer Tank 5000 Gallon Bulk Haul Self Load Unload M967 NSN 2330 01 050 5632 M967A1 2330 01 155 0046 Semitrailer Tank 5000 Gallon Fuel Dispensing Automotive M969 2330 01 050 5634 M969A1 2330 01 155 0048 Semitrailer Tank 5000 Gallon Fuel Dispensing Under Overwing Aircraft M970 2330 01 050 5635 M970A1 2330 01 155 0047 TM 9 2350 264 20 1 1 Unit Maintenance Manual Vol 1 of 5 for Tank Combat Full Tracked 120 MM Gun M1A1 NSN 2350 01 087 1095 General Abrams Hull TM 9 2350 264 20 2 1 Unit Maintenance Manual Vol 1 of 4 for Tank Combat Full Tracked 120 MM Gun M1A1 NSN 2350 01 087 1095 EIC AAB General Abrams Turret TM 9 2350 284 24P 1 Unit Maintenance Direct Support And General Support Maintenance Repair Parts And Special Tools List Including Depot Maintenance Repair Parts For Fighting Vehicle Infantry M2A2 NSN 2350 01 248 7619 EIC AIG Fighting Vehicle Infantry M2A2 Operation Desert Storm 2350 01 405 9886 EIC APE And Fighting Vehicle Cavalry M3A2 2350 01 248 7620 EIC AIH Fighting Vehicle Cavalry M3A2 2350 01 405 9887 EIC AIH Hull TM 38 470 TM 9 2530 200 24 Unit Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual Standards for Inspection and Classification of Tracks Track Components and Solid Rubber Tires FSC 2530 TM 9 6140 200 14 Operator s U
286. uments will be turned over to the installation radiation safety officer for disposal as radioactive waste 6 Emergency procedures Contact installation Radiation Protection Officer If a device is damaged or if a source breaks or is not illuminated Warn nearby personnel of the situation and have them evacuate the area If possible ventilate the area to the outdoors Do not ventilate to adjacent enclosed areas Shut off any ventilation system that is shared with other uncontaminated areas in the facility Do not handle broken tritium devices with your bare hands Use gloves if available or grasp the item through a plastic bag turned inside out Quickly place item in a plastic bag and seal the bag with tape Place this bag in a second plastic bag and seal with tape Once the damaged device is contained in the plastic bags place it on a bench top and leave the area Wash your hands after handling damaged or possibly contaminated tritium devices Use none abrasive soap and cool water to minimize the chance of tritium penetrating your skin If skin contact is made with any area contaminated with tritium wash immediately with nonabrasive soap and cool water Ensure that the TACOM RI RSO is notified See Appendix K for appropriate point of contact 7 For additional requirements and information consult TB 43 0197 https www logsa army mil etms welcom1 htm c CECOM Commodities 1 CECOM manages thermal optics some of which con
287. used however it should be used with care because of potential adverse effects on the filter elements and tank linings Care is also needed to ensure that cleaning products are not left in the valves outlet pipes and other parts of the interior of the tanker d Purging of fuel tankers The preferred method of purging is to use a solvent wash and then a hot water rinse Immediately after the hot water rinse the tanker must be drained of all water and dried with hot air Prior to any tank maintenance a vapor reading of 0 0 is required The American Petroleum Institute Publication 2013 FM 10 67 1 and TB 43 0212 all contain guidance on how to safely vapor free and clean mobile tanks used in the transportation of flammable liquids TACOM Ground Precautionary Message Control Number 94 02 Maintenance Advisory provides proper guidance for purging fuel tankers using a biodegradable purging solution NSN 7930 01 350 7034 or NSN 7930 01350 7035 e Cleaning of battery cables and battery box Remove batteries from equipment and clean batteries clamps supports retainers and battery box using A A 289 acid swabbing brush or equivalent and a solution of one half pound of ASTM D928 sodium bicarbonate to one gallon of water Flush with clean water and dry See guidance in TM 9 6140 200 14 SECTION V DRYING 5 5 Drying methods Immediately after cleaning item s will be thoroughly dried Drying will be accomplished by one or more of the following
288. valve openings tape in place 9 Place tag in driver s compartment to ID screens and open drains 10 The hull and turret ammo doors can be left open the hydraulics for the turret doors must be locked when in the open position 11 The loader s machine gun mount can be stored in place in the locked position at the position marked stow Otherwise remove the mount and stow securely in the vehicle s storage box Apply preservative oil MIL PRF 21260 to bare metal surfaces of both machine gun mounts 12 Loader s seat back shall be folded down on the seat bottom and loader seat post preserved with MIL PRF 10924 grease 13 Breech lever shall be stored in breech level stowage box 14 Driver s periscope washer reservoir shall be empty 1 1 Hatches will have rubber seals covered with talc The hatches shall be opened after stow in CH environment 17 Remove all fabric cargo straps and stow in vehicle stowage box 5 6 7 18 Ensure that the stowage box is closed and secured 19 Preserve pack and stow BII on the BII rails see TACOM ATPD 2240 Select BII OVE may be stowed in the normal operational location provided it can be secured to prevent damage to itself or other tank components BII box size for MIA1 is 64 x 40 x 14 with 3 skids each placed so there is 48 1 2 inches plus or minus 4 inch inside two outside skids Band box to rails with 1 1 4 inch steel strapping x 0 031 inches 20 Coil radio cables and s
289. vating and traversing mechanisms turret ring bearings Exposed unpainted surfaces of elevating mechanism trunnions and turret traversing ring gear and elevating hand crankshaft will be coated with MIL PRF 10924 automotive and artillery grease Handle lock pin turret ring bearings and plugs will be removed from grease fitting openings grease fittings installed and MIL PRF 10924 automotive and artillery grease pumped through grease fittings until grease is visible between the two sections around the circumference of the ring The turret will be rotated five times in both directions and again lubricated until all surfaces on the circumference of the ring are lubricated Excess grease will be removed from the outside surface of the rail d Mortar Systems with Mount The entire mortar system will be cleaned with MIL PRF 680 Type III petroleum Saa The surfaces will be dried by wiping with clean dry rags Immediately after drying the system will be preserved as follows 1 The entire bore of the mortar tube will be coated with MIL PRF 3150 preservative oil All unpainted exterior surfaces will be coated with MIL PRF 3150 preservative oil 2 The controls of the standard will be extended to the limits of their range and coated with MIL PRF 3150 preservative oil and returned to their normal position All unpainted exterior surfaces will be coated with MIL PRF 3150 preservative oil 3 All unpainted exterior surfaces of the bridge rotator and b
290. vative lubricating oil grade PE 15 40 The air line will be disconnected from the compressor The air cleaner will be removed and while the compressor is operating spray 4 or 5 ounces of MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 into the air intake The compressor will be operated long enough to ensure coverage of all internal surfaces The air cleaner and line will be reinstalled leaving the compressor ready for service 10 Tanks a Diesel oil day tanks Upon completion of cleaning each tank will be atomize sprayed with MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 preservative Excess preservative accumulating in the bottom of the tanks shall be removed and the tanks closed ready to be filled with diesel fuel upon activation LCM 8 s have no day tanks therefore the LCM fuel storage tanks will be treated as described at b 2 below b Diesel oil storage tanks Diesel fuel oil storage tanks will be cleaned and atomize sprayed with MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 preservative Excess preservative accumulating in the bottom of the tanks shall be removed and the tanks closed ready to be filled with diesel fuel upon activation c Lubricating oil storage tanks Lubrication oil storage tanks shall be filled with oil as specified in the applicable lubrication order or technical manual to place watercraft in a ready for service condition d Dirty oil and sludge tanks Dirty oil and sludge tanks shall be drained cleaned closed up and left in a ready condition
291. vative oil MIL PRF 21260 Lubricating Oil Internal Combustion Engine Operational and Preservative b Equipment that operates on synthetic turbine operational oil MIL PRF 23699 does not require changing unless indicated by AOAP analysis Add one can 8 ounces of preservative additive seb paragraph 5 7a 2 prior to being placed into storage and at each maintenance cycle interval 3 AOAP sampling requirements a Equipment in CH storage with new operational preservative oil will require AOAP sampling every maintenance cycle The useful life of the preservative additives in MIL PRF 21260 are as follows 1 50 hours of operation while in a storage condition 2 500 miles on equipment with no hour meter 3 Maximum time interval between oil changes is 3 maintenance cycles provided the AOAP does not indicate an oil change is required due to contamination sand and water high wear levels 50 hours of operation or 500 miles NOTE Operational acceptability is based on AOAP 3 1 TM 38 470 b Equipment in Non CH storage will be sampled every 12 months and will be subject to all the conditions in 5 above 4 Oil Analysis will be performed prior to issuing for an exercise and again at turn in after use If equipment has over 50 hours of operation has been operated over 500 miles has been on exercise for over 180 days or fails AOAP the MIL PRF 21260 operational preservative oil will be changed a Oil samples will not be t
292. vehicle q Special purpose vehicles and vehicles with special preservation requirements 1 Water tank a Non CH Storage 1 Clean metal water tank body in accordance with applicable TM using a cleaning compound conforming to A A 59133 steam cleaning After cleaning drains and lower outlets will be left in open position and openings covered with fine mesh aluminum screen secured in place with tape conforming to ASTM D5486 Type IV tape Drain plugs will be removed Metallic drain plugs will be coated with MIL C 10382 preservative and packaged inabag Bag will be closed by heat sealing or taping with ASTM D5486 Type IV tape and secured to a faucet or within equipment compartment Rubber seals of hatches and top openings will be coated with talc technical T1 A A 59303 and forward outlet hatches and top openings closed and secured Equipment compartment drains will be secured in open position and compartment doors closed and secured to prevent pilferage or damage For steel tanks other than stainless or pre coated all interior surfaces will be coated with MIL C 10382 preservative The pump will be operated allowing the preservative to drain through outlet nozzle and introduce a sufficient amount of MIL C 10382 preservative to ensure complete coverage of areas within the pumping system from intake to outlet After completion of application of preservative drain plug will be removed and the system completely drained Drain and top plug will be
293. ves FM 10 67 1 Concepts and Equipment of Petroleum Operations FM 10 67 2 Petroleum Laboratory Testing and Operations FM 38 701 Packing of Materiel for Packing FM 100 17 1 Army Pre Positioned Afloat Operations FM 100 17 2 Army Pre Positioned Land FM 100 17 3 Reception Staging Onward Movement And Integration MIL PRF 46146 Adhesives Sealants Silicone RTV Noncorrosive for use with Sensitive Metals and Equipment MIL B 117 Bags Sleeves and Tubing MIL PRF 121 Barrier Material Greaseproof Waterproof Flexible MIL C 104 Crates Wood Lumber and Plywood Sheathed Nailed and Bolted MIL C 11796 Corrosion Preventive Compound Petrolatum Hot Application A 4 TM 38 470 MIL DTL 53072 Chemical Agent Resistant Coating CARC System Application Procedures and Quality Control Inspection MIL C 81309 Corrosion Preventive Compounds Water Displacing Ultra thin Film MIL D 3464 Desiccants Activated Bagged Packaging Use and Static Dehumidification MIL D 3716 Desiccants Activated for Dynamic Dehumidification MIL PRF 18458 Grease Wire Rope and Exposed Gear MIL HDBK 138 Container Inspection Handbook for Commercial and Military Intermodal Containers MIL HDBK 774 Palletized Unit Loads MIL I 22110 Inhibitor Corrosion Volatile Crystalline Powder MIL PRF 46147 Lubricant Solid Film Air Cured Corrosion Inhibiting MIL PRF 131 Barrier Materials Water vaporproof Greaseproof Flexible Heat Sealable
294. voir e Insert the tubing into the reservoir Be careful not to go past the mark you made on the tubing If the tube touches the bottom or sides sludge will be picked up and the lab will request another sample f Hold the pump horizontally and pull the pump handle out slowly Oil should enter the bottle Fill the bottle to the bottom of the bottle s neck or about 1 2 inch from the top Push the vacuum relief valve on top of the pump to stop the flow Be careful not to contaminate or get oil in the pump If this occurs clean the pump thoroughly before taking another sample g Unscrew the bottle from the pump and replace the bottle cap Wipe off any oil with a clean rag h Remove the tubing from the reservoir Loosen the T handle and pull the tubing from the pump Put the used tubing in an approved hazardous waste container i Replace the reservoir cover 3 Whether the pump method or the valve method is used the next steps are a On the sample bottle label fill in the equipment s bumper number component serial number and hours and miles b Put that same information on the DD Form 2026 or the ULLS DA Form 5991E F 1 TM 38 470 4 If you want more info on AOAP read TB 43 0211 AOAP Guide for Leaders and Users It contains details on how AOAP works and answers to frequently asked questions The TB publication identification number PIN is 033805 000 It is recommended that each site be placed on initial distribution number ID
295. wfoot Repair Kit Battery Service Tool Kit Artillery Mechanic Pump Kit Hydraulic M3 Grease Gun NSN 5180 00 606 3566 6625 01 265 6000 6630 00 105 1418 4933 01 346 1791 4931 00 065 1110 5935 01 119 7103 5999 01 130 8077 5120 01 129 2138 5120 01 117 7855 5180 00 051 3806 5180 00 699 3594 4933 00 712 2378 4930 00 204 2550 Quantity NOO 0 4 oO Po poa i a a pa WNHNNHNNHA HWW tek a N Materiel Adapter Grease Gun Bench Grinder Bench Vise Drop Light Extension Cord 25 Hack Saw Frame Hack Saw Blades Helicoils Set Extractor Tap Set Tap amp Die Set Course Tap amp Die Set Fine Counter Sinks Set Electric Drill 1 4 Electric Drill 1 2 Drill Bits Sets Standard Test Equipment STE ICE Circular Saw All Purpose Blade 22 Teeth All Purpose Blade 44 Teeth Vacuum Cleaner Stencil Machine 1 2 Ladder Heavy Duty 8 feet Trielectron Battery Charger Come Along Mini Mule Rubber Apron Rubber Gloves Tight Fasten Kit Industrial Goggles Work Table Work Table Maintenance NSN 4930 00 288 1511 3415 00 51 7 7754 5120 00 293 0110 6230 00 146 8898 6150 00 485 6149 5110 00 289 9657 5110 00 927 1063 5180 00 752 9793 5120 00 305 2275 5136 00 357 7494 5136 00 357 7504 5130 00 283 3231 5133 00 529 5691 4910 01 222 6589 5130 00 889 8991 5130 00 212 8046 5130 00 212 8047 7910 00 550 9123 7490 00 256 1839 5440 00 227 1594 6130 01 435 2800 3950 01 07
296. will meet the requirements of DOD 4000 25 2M as amended approved MILSTRAP Change Letter 8A AR 740 26 AR 710 1 and AMC R 740 17 1 Supply Class VII APS authorizations are determined by U S Force Management Agency and are distributed by LOGSA on an electronic file called LOGTAADS formerly known as the 125 report APS sites receive the LOGTAADS file and can determine changes in equipment authorizations For ASL PLL and sustainment stocks retention levels are calculated annually in the Army War Reserve Automated Process and are posted in the Commodity Command Standard System CCSS Authorizations for Operational Projects are maintained by LOGSA and are available on Total Asset Visibility TAV 2 Location condition and MWO status of each item must be accurately recorded in the Army War Reserve Deployment System AWRDS AWRDS provides an Interface with the Standard Depot System SDS and the CCSS Maintenance location information must be current for those MWOs identified for application 3 On hand quantities must be known as well as materiel due in Status of all requisitions must be visible 4 Inventories and location surveys must be performed as required by guidelines for SDS and wholesale stocks These guidelines currently are DOD 4000 25 2M AR 740 26 AMC R 740 17 and MILSTRAP Change Letter 8A AMCL 8A and AR 710 1 Results of these actions must be available as well as controls established to assure correction of discrepancies Inve
297. working mechanism will be lubricated with MIL PRF 21260 grade PE 15 40 MIL PRF 32033 or the COTS approved preservatives Surface or areas that require lubrication per the TM do not require additional protection 2 Where practical and the storage plan allows store hydraulic cylinders in the fully retracted position that is the normal locked and stored position for the equipment Hydraulic systems will be filled to operating level with operational fluid as specified in the LO Exposed surfaces of the hydraulic ram will be coated with MIL PRF 10924 GAA grease Wrap MIL PRF 121 and secure the wrap with tape Where the ram will be exercised during the cycle affix a tag on the hydraulic ram to have the grease cleaned off the exposed surface of the ram prior to exercising This is necessary to prevent the ram seal from being damaged by contaminated grease or grease that has hardened CAUTION MIL PRF 32033 will not be used when preservative may come in contact with diesel fuel e g fuel caps Corrosion inhibitors in this preservative oil when mixed with diesel fuel can generate corrosion problems MIL PRF 21260 will not be used on silver surfaces for the same reason b BII OVE COEI Each vehicle shall contain the authorized equipment for operation maintenance safety and the welfare of the crew All BIl OVE amp COEI will be inventoried inspected for serviceability replenished represerved and repackaged The equipment will be stored in th
298. xempt in areas that the radiation level does not exceed 0 005 rem per hour at a distance of 30 centimeters from the surface of the source The chemical detectors fall into this category and only require the NRC postings b TACOM RI Commodities 1 The radioactive materiel used in artillery fire control devices is tritium gas H3 sealed in glass vials These sources illuminate the instrumentation for night operations Federal regulation prohibits tampering with or removal of the sources in the field In the event there is no illumination notify the Installation RSO or TACOM RI RSO DSN 793 2965 6228 2995 2 Do not eat drink smoke chew tobacco or gum or apply cosmetics when working in areas where tritium devices are stored or maintained 3 Identification Instruments containing radioactive self luminous vials are identified by radioactive warning labels with the radiation symbol ive These labels should not be defaced or removed and should be replaced immediately when necessary Refer to the local RSO or the TACOM RIA RSO for instructions on handling storage or disposal 4 Storage Spare equipment must be stored in the shipping container as received until installed onto the 3 5 TM 38 470 weapon Storage of these items is recommended to be outdoor shed type storage or unoccupied building 5 Shipping All radioactively illuminated instruments will be evacuated to the appropriate echelon for inspection and repair Non illuminated instr
299. y or delicate items over 5 Ibs will be individually protected and packaged as specified in paragraph f a above 3 Equipment in cases or housings will not require packaging 4 Equipment in original packaging will not require over packing therefore equipment shall not be removed from its original packaging Small components or assemblies 5 Ibs or less shall be protected as required and consolidated in fiberboard boxes to prevent loss damage or theft h Wire cable and cord assemblies These items are not authorized for non CH storage Replace connector caps If caps are not available insert connectors in a plastic bag Secure bag to cable with ASTM D5486 Type IV tape Wind assembly uniformly on the reel Secure connectors to the reel with locking devices provided If the reel is not equipped with locking devices secure connectors to the reel with A A 1451 twine Protect the contents of the reels with original lagging overprotective covers If not available over wrap between the reel flanges with weather resistant corrugated fiberboard of sufficient width to extend the full distance between the reel flanges and sufficient length to overlap the ends by at least 6 inches Secure over wrap with flat steel strapping or tape i Kits hardware installation modification and tool These items are not authorized for non CH storage Kits not installed or uploaded on equipment will be visually inspected cleaned and protected as required

- Liberated Manuals

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents